Conventional Systems Technical Manual - Alcad

ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMSCONVENTIONAL SYSTEMT E C H N I C A L M A N U A L

1ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY AND VIDEO DOORENTRY SYSTEM. CONVENTIONAL SYSTEMDESCRIPTIONOur electronic door entry and video door entry products areessentially a home security system, allowing users a simple way ofcontrolling who has access to their property.With ALCAD's conventional system, small and medium-sized installationsof any configuration of electronic door entry or videodoor entry system can be carried out easily. Our microprocessorbasedtechnology allows different entry points to be controlledfrom the entrance panels themselves, eliminating the need for additionalequipment, such as change-over switches. This, along withease of installation and numerous configurable options, makesALCAD's conventional system the one to choose, from both a technicaland practical point of view, for this type of installation (Forfurther information, see “General features of the conventional doorentry system”, on page 6, or “General features of the conventionalvideo door entry system” on page 11).The system consists primarily of the following elements:Entrance panelUsually installed at the point of entry to the building, this elementhouses an audio unit and a series of pushbuttons and is used tocall the telephone of monitor of each dwelling. Each pushbuttoncorresponds to a given dwelling, so that the total number of pushbuttonson the panel is determined by the number of dwellings.In video door entry systems, the entrance panel also has a builtinvideo unit, whose function is to capture the image of the personmaking the call.Elements for the distribution of the video signal (invideo door entry installations)Tap-offs and splitters are used to distribute the video signal fromthe video unit to the different dwellings. The tap-offs, usually installedon each floor of the building, allow the video signal to bebranched to the different monitors of the installation. The splittersare used when several up lines or columns of video are required.Telephone or monitor + connections bracketInstalled in the house or flat, the telephone and the monitor arethe elements allowing a call made from the entrance panel to bereceived. They establish communication with the visitor and, bymeans of the door-opening button, allow him access to the property.The connections bracket is used to install and connect themonitor in the dwelling.Electric lockThe electric lock is an electro-mechanical device which, installedat the entry point or door being controlled, allows the door to beopened when the door-opening button on the telephone or monitorin the dwelling is pressed.Power supply unitsLike all electronic systems, our door entry and video doorentry equipment needs an external source of power to function.This requirement is fulfilled by the power supply units,which, connected to the electric mains, provide the systemwith the necessary voltages. Power supply units are usuallylocated in the hall of the ground floor or in a common area ofthe building.Note:For more information on the components or elements to usein an installation of conventional electronic door entry or videodoor entry systems, see the section entitled “Components” onpage 30.4

LASTFLOOR5GROUNDFLOORTELEPHONE INTHE DWELLING5LOCK RELEASEBUTTONPOWER SUPPLY UNITOF ENTRANCE PANEL4+N230 V230 V VAUDIO UNITPUSH-BUTTONSELECTRIC LOCKENTRANCE PANELELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY. CONVENTIONAL SYSTEMLASTFLOOR5TAP-OFFGROUNDFLOOR5MONITOR INTHE DWELLINGCONNECTIONBRACKETSLOCK RELEASEBUTTON4+NPOWER SUPPLY UNITSOF ENTRANCE PANELAND VIDEO SYSTEMTAP-OFFVIDEOCOLUMN 1VIDEOCOLUMN 2VIDEOCOLUMN 3VIDEOCOLUMN 4SPLITTERVIDEOSIGNAL230 V VVIDEO UNIT230 VAUDIO UNIT230 V VPUSH-BUTTONS230 VELECTRIC LOCKENTRANCE PANELELECTRONIC VIDEODOOR ENTRY. CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM5

GENERAL FEATURES OF THE CONVENTIONAL DOORENTRY SYSTEMThe technology incorporated in the conventional door entry system has allowed us to introduce a certain number of features andfunctions whose overall purpose is to simplify different types of installation, to simplify operation by the user, and to simplify futuremaintenance tasks.• Communication system with 4+N connection (page 6).• Direct connections between the panels of the different points of entry (page 7).• Possibility of installing several devices per dwelling (page 8).• Various installation options (page 8).• User and visitor know the status of the system (page 10).• Visitor knows the status of the call (page 10).• Replacements: universal telephone and universal audio unit (page 11).Each of these features and functions is described in the following pages.COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH 4+N CONNECTIONThe conventional electronic door entry system described in this manual belongs to the 4+N connection system, which is widelyused in electronic door entry installations.This system owes its name to the fact that each telephone in the installation is connected to 5 wires. Four of these wires are sharedby all the telephones in the installation, allowing the following commands and signals to be transmitted: door-opening (electriclock); ascending audio (through the telephone loudspeaker); descending audio (through the telephone microphone); and common.The fifth wire is separate for each dwelling and allows the call, generated when the pushbutton of the entrance panel is pressed, tobe transmitted to the telephone of the dwelling.In short, the system requires 4+N wires, where N stands for the number of dwellings in the installation.41LAST FLOORTELEPHONE INTHE DWELLING41GROUND FLOOR41 1N (Call lines)ENTRANCE PANELNumber of wiresDescription6WIRES INEACH TELEPHONE41Lock release, ascending audio, descending audio and commonTransmission of the call for each dwelling

DIRECT CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE PANELS OF THE DIFFERENT POINTS OFENTRYTo simplify matters in installations where there are several points of entry or in housing estates, control of the different points ofentry is handled directly by the entrance panels, thanks to the microprocessor and to the electronics built into the audio units. In thistype of installation is unnecessary to use any additional device to perform this function (e.g. change-over switches).To the connections between panels in the 4+N system - connections which are necessary to enable communication with dwellingsfrom any of the entrance panels - only two other wires need be added for the control of the different points of entry.5LAST FLOOR5GROUND FLOORTELEPHONE INTHE DWELLING4+N42NENTRANCE PANELENTRANCE PANELWIRES BETWEENTHE PANELSNumber of wires42NDescriptionLock release, ascending audio, descending audio and commonControl signal (several points of entry)Transmission of the call for each dwelling7

1 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 0OFFON1 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 0BUZZING CALL Vs. ELECTRONIC CALLIn installations without the confidentiality feature, you canchoose between two types of call tone: electronic or buzzing.Note: The choice of one type of installation rather than theother necessitates the use of specific models of audio unit andtelephone.BUZZERBuzzing callWhen a call is made in an installation with the buzzing tone,the audio unit of the entrance panel generates an alternating signalof 12Vac, which it sends via the call wire. This signal then arrivesat a device, a “buzzer”, in the telephone. Basically, the buzzerconsists of a wire coil and a strip of metal. When the 12Vacreaches the buzzer, the alternating current flows through the coil,causing the metal strip to vibrate. The vibration produces the buzzingsound.Buzzing call12 VacElectronic callWhen a call is made in installations with the electronic call, theaudio unit of the entrance panel produces a signal composed ofdifferent frequencies and sends it via the call wire. When the signalarrives at the speaker of the telephone receiver, it makes thedistinctive sound of the electronic call. Depending on the numberof frequencies involved, different types of call tone can be encountered:single-tone, double-tone or triple-tone.SPEAKERElectronic callINSTALLATION WITH CONCIERGE SYSTEMIt is possible to complement electronic door entry systemswithout the confidentiality feature with a concierge system, wherebyall calls made to dwellings are received and handled at asingle point, namely the concierge unit.It is also possible to establish communication with the conciergeunit from the telephone of each dwelling.Entrance panelConciergeINSTALLATIONS WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONBETWEEN DWELLINGSIt is possible to perform electronic door entry installationswithout the confidentiality feature with telephones for internalcommunication. This kind of telephone, as well as enabling youto control entry to the building, can communicate with any othertelephone for internal communication in the installation, so thatyou can transfer a call received from the entrance panel to anothertelephone.This is an all-to-all type system, in which it is possible to makeand receive internal calls to and from any telephone for internalcommunication in the installation.It is possible to install a maximum of 16 telephones for internalcommunication per installation.TELEPHONE FORINTERNALCOMMUNICATION1TELEPHONE FORINTERNALCOMMUNICATION16TELEPHONE FORINTERNALCOMMUNICATION2TELEPHONE FORINTERNALCOMMUNICATION3ALL-TO-ALL TYPE SYSTEMINTERNAL COMMUNICATIONTELEPHONE FORINTERNALCOMMUNICATION4TELEPHONE FORINTERNALCOMMUNICATION59

1 2 34 5 67 8 9C 0POSSIBILITY OF INSTALLING SEVERAL DEVICES PERDWELLINGIn the installations with internal communication between dwellings,in each dwelling of the installation, door entry telephonesand call repeaters can be installed in parallel with telephones forinternal communication. In this case, however, the door entry telephoneswill not be able to communicate with the telephones forinternal communication but only with the entrance panel.Any of the combinations shown in the following table are possible.INSTALLATIONS WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONDEVICES PER DWELLING432122 1USER AND VISITOR KNOW THE STATUS OF THE SYSTEMUSER: ORIGIN OF CALLIn installations with several points of entry, the entrance panel of each point can be configured as the main or secondary panel.This configuration will determine the type of call tone which the audio unit will generate when a call is made. Accordingly, when acall is received in the dwelling, the type of call tone will allow the user to identify the point of entry from which the call has beenmade.VISITOR: ENTRANCE PANEL DISABLEDIn installations with several points of entry, when a call is made from one of the entrance panels, the audio unit of the panel inquestion generates a voltage which it sends via the 2 control wires to the panels of the other points of entry. These panels are thendisabled, so that it is no longer possible to call the dwellings from them. The flashing red light on these panels warns the visitor anotherpanel is active.Building 1Point of entry 1Call made to dwelling 1Building 1Other points of entry= Functions disabledVISITOR KNOWS THE STATUS OF THE CALLCALL MADE TO THE DWELLINGWhen a call is received on the telephone of the dwelling, the entrance panel from which the callhas been made emits several confirmation tones for the visitor.= Functions disabledCALL NOT MADE TO THE DWELLINGThe system also informs the visitor if the call has failed to be made to the dwelling. In this case,the entrance panel from which the call has been made does not emit any tones at all.The call may not have been made for one of the following reasons:• The receiver of the telephone has not been replaced (installations without the confidentiality feature and electronic call).• Connection problem with the pushbuttons.• Connection problem with the call wire.10

REPLACEMENTS: UNIVERSAL TELEPHONE AND UNIVERSAL AUDIO UNITThe 4+N connection system is very widely used in electronic door entry installations.ALCAD is equipped with industry standard parts (telephone, audio unit, etc.), which can be used in the 4+N systems (without confidentialityfeature) of other manufacturers.You can therefore easily replace the telephone or entrance panel of another manufacturer with the corresponding universal ALCADequipment, with no need to change the other elements of the installation.Note: See the table showing the compatibility of the ALCAD telephone with the telephones of other manufacturers on page 41.GENERAL FEATURES OF THE CONVENTIONAL VIDEO DOORENTRY SYSTEMThe technology incorporated in the conventional system has allowed us to introduce a certain number of features and functions whoseoverall purpose is to simplify different types of installation, to simplify operation by the user, and to simplify future maintenance tasks.• Communication system with 6+N+coaxial connection or 6+N+twisted pair connection (on page 12)• Direct connections between the panels of the different points of entry (on page 13).• Possibility of installing several devices per dwelling (on page 14).• System with confidentiality feature and electronic call (on page 14).• User and visitor know the status of the system (on page 15) .• Visitor knows the status of the call (on page 15).• Auto switch-on function (on page 15).• Possibility of viewing the signal from the video unit (coaxial) on the television in the dwelling: TV door entry installations)(on page 16).Each of these features and functions is described in the following pages.11

COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH 6+N+COAXIAL CONNECTION OR6+N+TWISTED PAIR CONNECTIONThe conventional electronic video door entry system described in the present manual adds a number of connections to the 4+Nconnections of the electronic door entry system presented above. These are the following: a pair of wires to supply power to themonitors of the installation, and coaxial cable or twisted pair to transmit the video signal captured by the video unit to the monitors.In this way, every monitor in the installation will receive the 5 wires corresponding to the electronic door entry system plus the 2wires supplying power to the monitors plus the coaxial cable or twisted pair carrying the video signal.The system thus constituted therefore requires either 6+N wires + coaxial or 6+N wires + twisted pair, where N is the number ofdwellings in the installation.COAXIAL ORTWISTED PAIRLASTFLOOR421TAP-OFFCOAXIAL ORTWISTED PAIRGROUNDFLOOR421TAP-OFFCONNECTIONBRACKETMONITORIN THE DWELLINGPOWER SUPPLY41 1COAXIALORTWISTED PAIRN (Call lines)ENTRANCE PANELWIRES INEACH MONITORNumber of wires412COAXIAL ORTWISTED PAIRDescriptionLock release, ascending audio, descending audio and commonTransmission of the call for each dwellingSupply power to the monitorsTransmission of the video signal12

http://www.orion.uasupport@orion.uaМеню ЗОБРАЖЕННЯ (Picture)Натисніть кнопку MENU для входу до головногоменю.Натискайте для вибору меню налаштуваньзображення PICTURE.1. Натискайте для вибору параметру, який Вибажаєте налаштувати.2. Натискайте ENTER для входу у налаштуванняобраного параметру.3. Натискайте для налаштування обраного параметру.4. Після завершення налаштувань натисніть MENU для збереження налаштувань іповернення до попереднього меню.Режим зображення (Picture Mode)Натискайте для вибору параметра Режим зображення. Натисніть ENTER длявходу в підменю. Натискайте для вибору потрібного режиму: динамічний, стандарт,м’який, користувацький.В користувацькому режимі Ви можете вручну налаштувати наступні параметри: контраст,яскравість, колір, різкість.Примітка: для безпосереднього вибору режиму зображення натискайте кнопку P.Mode на ПДК.Контраст (Contrast)Натискайте для вибору параметра Контраст. Натискайте дляналаштування обраного параметра.Яскравість (Brightness)Натискайте для вибору параметра Яскравість. Натискайте дляналаштування обраного параметра.Колір (Color)Натискайте для вибору параметра Колір. Натискайте для налаштуванняобраного параметра.Відтінок (Tint)Натискайте для вибору параметра Відтінок. Натискайте для налаштуванняобраного параметра. (Налаштування возможна только для NTSC или PAL M).Примітка: даний параметр доступний,якщо обрана система кольору NTSC.Різкість (Sharpness)Натискайте для вибору параметра Різкість. Натискайте для налаштуванняобраного параметра.Меню АУДІО (Sound)Натисніть кнопку MENU для входу до головного меню.Натискайте для вибору меню налаштуваньаудіо SOUND.- 15 -

230V~ ±10%50-60HzDC OUT : 15V0.2 A965 SERIESMODULATORPOSSIBILITY OF SEEING THE SIGNAL FROM THE VIDEO UNIT (COAXIAL) ONTHE TV IN THE DWELLING: TV DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM INSTALLATIONSWith ALCAD's TV door entry system it is possible, at anymoment, to see the image captured by a video unit with an outputfor coaxial cable on the television set in the dwelling.The system is of particular interest in door entry installations,whether ALCAD's or those of other manufacturers, where it is desiredthat a video unit be installed at the point of entry to the buildingto see visitors without having to install a monitor in each dwelling.The system can be installed either separately or as part of theentrance panel of an electronic door entry installation (ALCAD installationsonly).MODULATORTV HEAD-ENDCOAXIALCOAXIALTELEVISION SETIN THE DWELLINGTelephoneof door entry systemin dwellingSupply powerto the video unit 2COAXIALEntrance panel of ALCADwith video unit for TV door entry systemOPERATION OF THE CONVENTIONAL DOOR ENTRYSYSTEMELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS (WITHOUT CONFIDENTIALITYFEATURE)There are two operating states: system on standby and system active.SYSTEM ON STANDBY. NO CALLBy default, telephones are active, so that it is possible to open the main door of the buildingand, simply by picking up the receiver, to establish communication with the entrance panel,without first having received a call from the entrance panel.In installations with several points of entry, these functions can be performed in the entrancepanel which is configured as the main panel of the installation.SYSTEM ACTIVEThe system changes from being on standby to being in the active state when a telephone in a dwelling receives a call from theentrance panel.RECEIVING A CALL IN THE DWELLINGWhen a call is made from the entrance panel to a dwelling, the telephone in the dwelling alerts the user by emitting an audiosignal. You will be able to establish communication with the visitor, pick up the receiver and open the street door by pressing theelectric lock button on the telephone.Characteristics:If there is more than one telephone/monitor in the dwelling, all of them receive the call simultaneously. When the receiver of oneof the devices is picked up, communication is established with the visitor.16Call made to dwelling 1 Dwelling 1 Telephone that answer the callDooropening

OFFONInstallations with several points of entryIn installations with several points of entry, when a call is received, 30 seconds are allowed to answer the call. Once this periodexpires, the system returns to being on standby.Once the receiver has been picked up, 60 seconds are allowed for conversation or until the receiver has been replaced. Thesystem warns when the time allowed for conversation has almost expired by emitting a series of beeps, allowing the user the possibilityof extending the conversation time from the dwelling by pressing and releasing the hang-up button on the phone, or, fromthe entrance panel, by advising the visitor to make another call.The entrance panel from which the call has been made remains active. The panels installed at the other points of entry are disabled,so that calls to dwellings cannot be made from them. The red light on these panels will blink during the time allowed for answeringand for conversation, thereby informing a visitor than another panel in the building is engaged.Building 1Point of entry 1Call made to dwelling 1Dwelling 1Telephone that answer the callDooropeningTime limit to answer the call: 30 secondsTime limit for conversation: 60 secondsExtending the time limit for conversation:Building 1Other points of entryELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS (WITHOUT CONFIDENTIA-LITY FEATURE) WITH CONCIERGE UNITThere are two operating states: concierge unit deactivatedand concierge unit activated.CONCIERGE UNIT DEACTIVATEDWhen the concierge system is deactivated, calls madefrom the entrance panel are no longer controlled by theconcierge unit and ring in the dwellings. The installationfunctions exactly like an electronic door entry system installation(without confidentiality feature). See “Electronicdoor entry system installations (without confidentiality feature)”,on page 16.OFFONOFFONEntrance panel 1Call made to dwelling 1Dwelling 1CONCIERGE UNIT ACTIVATEDCalls made from the entrance panel ring directly on theconcierge unit. It is possible to call the concierge unit fromthe dwellings by pressing the lock release button on thetelephone.= Functions disabledConciergeACTIVATING THE CONCIERGE SYSTEMTo activate the concierge unit, turn the concierge unitkey to the ON position. The red led on the concierge telephonewill light up.OFFONOFFON17

OFFONOFFONSYSTEM ON STANDBY. NO CALL.By default, telephones in the dwellings are active, so that it is possible, bypicking up the receiver, to establish communication with the entrance panel,without any need to have first received a call from the entrance panel.In installations with several points of entry, this function can be performed inthe entrance panel which is configured as the main panel of the installation.SYSTEM ACTIVEThe system changes from being on standby to being in the active state when the concierge unit telephone receives a call from oneof the dwellings or from the entrance panel, or when a telephone in a dwelling receives a call from the concierge panel.MAKING A CALL TO THE CONCIERGE UNIT FROM THE DWELLINGTo make a call to the concierge unit, pick up the receiver. Then press the electric lock button.RECEIVING ON THE CONCIERGE UNIT A CALL MADE FROM THE DWELLINGWhen a call is made to the concierge unit from a dwelling, the concierge unit telephone emits an audio signal. Communicationwith the dwelling can now be established by picking up the receiver and placing the communication switch in the top position.When the call has been received, the concierge is allowed 60 seconds to answer the call and for conversation.The system warns when the time allowed for conversation has almost expired by emitting a series of beeps, allowing the possibilityof extending the conversation time from the concierge unit telephone by pressing and releasing the hang-up button on the conciergeunit telephone.Characteristics:During the periods allowed for answering and conversation, the system does not permit devices in the other dwellings to join thecommunication.The entrance panels controlled by the concierge unit are disabled, so that it is not possible to call the dwellings from them. Thered light on these panels flashes, warning visitors that the panels are temporarily inactive.Other dwellingsDwelling 1Call made to conciergeEntrance panelsof the entry points ofthe buildingCommunicationswitchConciergeCommunication betweenconcierge and dwelling 1Time limit to answer the call + time limit for conversation: 60 secondsExtending the time limit for conversation + time limit for conversation: + 60 seconds18= Functions disabled

OFFONOFFONRECEIVING A CALL FROM THE ENTRANCE PANEL ON THE CONCIERGE UNITWhen a call is made to a dwelling from the entrance panel, the concierge unit telephone emits an audio signal. The red LED onthe concierge unit panel will begin to flash, indicating that the call is coming from an entrance panel. You will be able to establishcommunication with the visitor by picking up the receiver and turning the communication switch to the lower position. You can openthe street door by pressing the electric lock button on the telephone. And you can put the visitor in communication with a dwellingby calling that dwelling from the concierge unit and, when communication with the dwelling has been established, by pressing thecall transfer key and replacing the receiver of the concierge unit telephone.Once the call has been received, 30 seconds are allowed to answer it. When this period expires, the equipment reverts to thestandby state.Once the receiver of the concierge unit has been picked up, 60 seconds are allowed for conversation (or until the receiver hasbeen replaced). The system warns when the time allowed for conversation has almost expired by emitting a series of beeps, allowingthe user the possibility of extending the conversation time from the telephone of the concierge unit by pressing and releasingthe hang-up button on the telephone, or, from the entrance panel, by advising the visitor to make another call.Characteristics:During the periods allowed for answering the call and for conversation, the system does not permit to make a call to the conciergeunit.CommunicationswitchPanel 1Call made to dwelling 1ConciergeDooropeningTime limit to answer the call: 30 secondsTime limit for conversation: 60 secondsExtending the time limit for conversation: +60 seconds= Functions disabledInstallations with several points of entry:In buildings with several points of entry, the entrancepanel from which the call is made remains active. Thepanels installed at the other points of entry are disabled,so that it is not possible to call the dwellings from them.During the periods allowed for answering and conversation,the red light on these panels flashes, warning visitorsthat other panel of the building is active.Building 1Point of entry 1Call made to dwelling 1Building 1Other points of entry= Functions disabled19

OFFONOFFONOFFONOFFONOFFONOFFONTRANSFER A CALL MADE FROM THE MAIN ENTRANCE PANEL TO A DWELLINGDuring the time allowed for conversation between the concierge unit and the visitor, it is possible from the concierge unit to transferthe call made from the main entrance panel of the installation to any of the dwellings. To do so, replace the receiver of the conciergeunit telephone and wait until the red LED of the concierge unit panel stops flashing. Next, call the dwelling in question andturn the communication switch to the upper position.Once the call has been received, 30 seconds are allowed to answer it. When this period expires, the system reverts to the standbystate.Once the receiver of the concierge unit has been picked up, 60 seconds are allowed for conversation between concierge unit anddwelling (or until the receiver has been replaced). The system warns when the time allowed for conversation has almost expired byemitting a series of beeps, allowing the user the possibility of extending the conversation time from the telephone of the conciergeunit by pressing and releasing the hang-up button on the telephone.When communication is established with the dwelling, it is possible:• To put the dwelling in communication with the visitor by pressing the 'transfer call' key and replacing the receiver of the telephoneof the concierge unit.• If the dwelling does not wish the call to be transferred to it, instruct the dwelling to replace the receiver of the telephone. Thenturn the communication switch to the lower position and the concierge unit will re-establish communication with the visitor.Characteristics:During the periods set for answering a call and for conversation between the concierge unit and the dwelling, the entrance panelis disabled so that it is not possible to make a call from it. The red light on these panels flashes, warning visitors.Other dwellingsMain panelCall made to dwelling 1Main panelEstablishing communication withconciergeConciergeReplace the receiverConciergeCall made to dwelling 1Entrance panelsof the points of entry of the buildingDwelling 1Time limit to answer the call: 30 secondsTime limit for conversation: 60 secondsExtending the time limit for conversation: + 60 secondsPut dwellingin communicationwith entrance panelConciergeConciergeMain panelEstablishing communication withdwelling 1Do not put dwellingin communicationwith entrance panelDwelling 120= Functions disabledMain panelEstablishing communication withconcierge

1 2 347 8 9C 01 2 347 8 9C 01 2 347 8 9C 0INSTALLATIONS OF ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM WITH INTERNALCOMMUNICATIONSYSTEM ON STANDBY. NO CALL.By default, telephones are active, so that it is possible to open the main door of the buildingand, simply by picking up the receiver, to establish communication with the entrancepanel, without needing first to receive a call from the entrance panel.In installations with several points of entry, these functions can be performed in the entrancepanel which is configured as the main panel of the installation.SYSTEM ACTIVEThe system changes from being on standby to being in the active state when one of the telephones receives a call from an entrancepanel or from another telephone for internal communication.MAKING A CALL TO A TELEPHONE FROM ANOTHER TELEPHONETo make a call to another telephone for internal communication, pick up the receiver, use the telephone keypad to key in the extensionnumber assigned to the telephone you wish to call, and press the call key.The call will ring on the other telephone.Characteristics:If, before pressing the call key, you realise that the number you have keyed in is incorrect, press the delete key and re-enter thecode.5 6CorrectextensionnumberPress callkeyCall made to telephonewith extension 25 6Dial the numberof extensionmistake whilediallingthe extensionC5 6Press deletekey21

1 2 347 8 9C 01 2 347 8 9C 01 2 347 8 9C 01 2 347 8 9C 0RECEIVING IN THE DWELLING A CALL FROM ANOTHER TELEPHONEWhen a call is received from another telephone for internal communication, the telephone will emit an audio signal. Communicationcan be established with the telephone making the call by picking up the receiver.Once the call has been received, 30 seconds are allowed to answer it. Once this period expires, the equipment reverts to thestandby state.Once the receiver has been picked up, a period of 5 minutes is allowed for conversation.Characteristics:During the periods allowed for answering the call and for conversation, the system does not permit any other device to join thecommunication.5 6Other telephonesfor internalcommunication5 62TelephoneCall made to telephonewith number of extension 2Telephone withnumber of extension 2Time limit to answer the call: 30 seconds= Functions disabledTime limit for conversation: 5 minutesIf during the periods allowed for answering the call or for conversation between two telephones for internal communication, a visitorcalls either of those telephones from the entrance panel, the requested telephone will emit an audio signal. By pressing and releasingthe hang-up button on the telephone, communication can be established with the entrance panel.5 65 6Telephone with extension 1intercommunicationwith other telephonePanel 1Call made to telephonewith extension 1Telephone with extension 1Warning tonesTelephone with extension 1Press and releasePanel 1Communication withtelephone withnumber of extension 122

RECEIVING IN THE DWELLING A CALL FROM THE ENTRANCE PANELWhen a call is made from the entrance panel to a dwelling, the telephone in the dwelling alerts the user by emitting an audio signal.You will be able to establish communication with the visitor, pick up the receiver and open the street door by pressing the electriclock button on the telephone. You can put the visitor in communication with another telephone by calling the other telephone and,when communication with it has been established, by replacing the receiver of the telephone.Characteristics:If there is more than one telephone in the dwelling which has been called, all the telephones receive the call simultaneously.Answering any of them will establish communication with the visitor.Call made to dwelling 1 Dwelling 1 Telephone that answer the callDooropeningInstallations with several points of entryIn installations with several points of entry, when a call is received, 30 seconds are allowed to answer the call. Once this periodexpires, the equipment reverts to being on standby.Once the receiver has been picked up, 60 seconds are allowed for conversation (or until the receiver has been replaced). Thesystem warns when the time allowed for conversation has almost expired by emitting a series of beeps, allowing the user the possibilityof extending the conversation time from the dwelling by pressing and releasing the hang-up button on the phone, or, from theentrance panel, by advising the visitor to make another call.The entrance panel of the building from which the call has been made remains active. The panels installed at the other points ofentry are disabled, so that calls to dwellings cannot be made from them. The red light on these panels will blink during the time allowedfor answering and for conversation, thereby informing a visitor than another panel in the building is active.Building 1Point of entry 1Call made to dwelling 1Dwelling 1Telephone that answer the callDooropeningTime limit to answer the call: 30 secondsTime limit for conversation: 60 secondsExtending the time limit for conversation:Building 1Other points of entry23

1 2 347 8 9C 01 2 347 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 347 8 9C 0TRANSFER A CALL MADE FROM THE ENTRANCE PANEL TO OTHER TELEPHONEDuring the time allowed for conversation between the dwelling and the visitor, you can transfer the call to any intercommunicationtelephone in the installation by replacing the receiver of the telephone and making a call to the desired telephone (see “Makinga call to a telephone from another telephone” on page 21).When communication has been established between the two telephones, you can:• Put the other person in communication with the visitor by replacing the receiver of your telephone.• If the other person does not wish to accept the call, tell the person to hang up the telephone receiver. Automatically, you willre-establish communication with the visitor.5 6Othertelephones forinternal communication5 65 62Panel 01Call made to telephone 1Panel 01Establishing communicationwith telephone 1Press and releasethe hang-up buttonCall made to telephonewith number of extension 2Telephone withnumber of extension 2Time limit to answer the call: 30 secondsTime limit for conversation: 5 minutesTelephone 1Communication withtelephone withnumber of extension 2Put telephone withnumber of extension 2in communicationwith entrance panelTelephone withnumber of extension 1replace the receiverTelephone withnumber of extension 2Communication with panel 01Do not put telephone withnumber of extension 2in communicationwith entrance panelTelephone withnumber of extension 2replace the receiverTelephone withnumber of extension 1Communication with panel 0124

INSTALLATIONS OF ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM WITH CONFIDENTIALITYFEATUREThere are two operating states: system on standby and system active.SYSTEM ON STANDBY. NO CALLBy default, telephones are inactive, so that the functions of communicating with theentrance panel and opening the door are disabled.The entrance panels are on standby, with the audio system disabled while waitingfor a call to be made.= Functions disabledSYSTEM ACTIVEThe system changes from being on standby to being in the active state when a telephone in a dwelling receives a call from theentrance panel.RECEIVING A CALL IN A DWELLINGWhen a call is made from the entrance panel to a dwelling, the telephone in the dwelling emits an audio signal. It is now possibleto open the entry door and, by picking up the receiver, to establish communication with the entrance panel.Once the call has been received, 30 seconds are allowed to answer it. When this period expires, the equipment reverts to thestandby state.Once the receiver has been picked up, 60 seconds are allowed for conversation (or until the receiver has been replaced). Thesystem warns when the time allowed for conversation has almost expired by emitting a series of beeps, allowing the user the possibilityof extending the conversation time from the dwelling by pressing and releasing the hang-up button on the phone, or, fromthe entrance panel, by advising the visitor to make another call.When the door-opening button is pressed, the visitor can enter the building.Characteristics:If in the dwelling which has been called, there exists more than one telephone, all the telephones receive the call simultaneously.Answering any of them will establish communication with the visitor.During the time periods allowed for answering and for conversation, the system does not allow the telephones of other dwellingsto join the communication.Other dwellingsPanel 1Call made to dwelling 1Dwelling 1Dooropening= Functions disabledTime limit to answer the call: 30 secondsTime limit for conversation: 60 secondsExtending the time limit for conversation: +60 seconds25

AUTO SWITCH-ON FUNCTION (monitors)To activate the auto switch-on feature, press the auto switch-on button on the monitor. You will then be able to see the image capturedby the video unit, open the street door, and, by picking up the receiver, establish communication with the main entrance panelof the installation.If the receiver is not picked up, the auto switch-on feature will remain enabled for a maximum of 30 seconds.When the receiver is picked up, the auto switch-on feature remains enabled for a maximum of 60 seconds or until the conversationends and the receiver is replaced.When this time expires, the system returns to being on standby.Characteristics:When the auto switch-on is activated, the system does not allow any other monitor to use the auto switch-on function. On pushingthe auto switch-on button on another monitor, the status LED indicator will flash, informing the user that the system is engaged.The call from the entrance panel has priority over the auto switch-on. If, during the time setting of the auto switch-on, a call is madefrom the entrance panel to another dwelling, the auto switch-on time setting finishes automatically, and only the monitor of the houseor dwelling which has been called remains activated. In this way, the confidentiality of the call is maintained.Others dwellingsDwelling 1Turning on the auto switch-on systemDwelling 1Dwelling 1Time limit for auto switch-on function: 30 seconds= Functions disabledTime limit for auto switch-on function: 60 secondsRECEIVING A CALL IN A DWELLINGWhen a call is made to a dwelling from the entrance panel, the telephone or monitor in the dwelling emits a warning sound. Itis then also possible to see the image of the visitor on the screen of the monitor. You can open the street door and, by picking upthe receiver, establish communication with the entrance panel.Once the call has been received, 30 seconds are allowed to answer it. When this period elapses, the system reverts to being onstandby.Once the receiver has been picked up, 60 seconds are allowed for conversation or until the receiver is replaced. The system warnsthe user before the conversation period comes to an end by emitting a series of buzzing sounds, thereby allowing the conversationtime to be extended either from the dwelling, by pressing and releasing the hang-up button on the device, or from the entrancepanel, where the visitor can call again.When the door-opening button is pressed, the visitor can enter the building.Characteristics:If there is more than one telephone/monitor in the dwelling, all of them receive the call simultaneously. When the receiver of oneof the devices is picked up, communication is established with the visitor.During the time periods allowed for answering and for conversation, the system does not allow the devices of other dwellings tojoin the communication.27

Other dwellingsCall made to dwelling 1Dwelling 1Device that answer the callDooropeningTime limit to answer the call: 30 secondsTime limit for conversation: 60 secondsExtending the time limit for conversation:= Functions disabledIf the visitor calls one dwelling and then another from the same entrance panel, the call made to the first dwelling will be cancelled.12Entrance panel 1Call made to dwelling 1and after to dwelling 2Dwelling 1 Dwelling 2= Functions disabledInstallations with several points of entry:In buildings with several points of entry, theentrance panel from which the call has been maderemains active. The panels installed at the otherpoints of entry are disabled, so that calls to dwellingscannot be made from them. The red light onthese panels will blink during the time allowed foranswering and for conversation, thereby informinga visitor than another panel in the building is active.Building 1Point of entry 1Call made to dwelling 1= Functions disabledBuilding 1Other points of entry28

TV DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM INSTALLATIONSThere are two operating states: system on standby and system active.SYSTEM ON STANDBYThe video unit is activated; when the television in a dwelling is tuned to the TV channelselected in the modulator, the image captured by the video unit can be seen on thescreen.PanelCall made to dwelling 1Dwelling 1SYSTEM ACTIVEThe system changes from being on standby to being active when the telephonein a dwelling receives a call from an entrance panel.When a call is made to a dwelling from the entrance panel, the telephonein the dwelling emits a warning sound. It is also possible to see the image ofthe visitor on the TV by tuning the television to the TV channel selected in themodulator. It is possible to establish communication with the visitor by pickingup the receiver and to open the street door by pressing the lock releasebutton on the telephone.Note:The operation and characteristics in both states (system on stand-by, system active) are the same as those of an electronic doorentry installation.29

COMPONENTSWe recommend that you consult the diagram corresponding to the installation you intend to perform (in Chapter 6, “Diagrams”)in order to identify the components you will need.This chapter provides a general reference guide to the components which can be used for installations performed with conventionalelectronic door entry or video door entry systems.For technical information on all components, see “Technical data” in Chapter 2.HOUSES AND FLATSTELEPHONESLocated inside each dwelling, these allow the user to receive calls made from the entrance panel, to hold conversations,and to open the street door. In installations with a concierge system, they also allow calls to be receivedfrom the concierge unit and made to it. They are wall-mounted.The model you select will depend on the kind of installation to be carried out: with or without confidentiality feature,concierge unit, internal communication between dwellings, video system, or with electronic or buzzing call.Note - Desktop installation of the telephone :For the desktop telephone installation, a desktop support is also required.MONITORSLocated inside each dwelling, monitors allow the user to receive calls from the entrance panel, see visitors, establishconversation and open the entry door. They incorporate the built-in automatic switch-on feature, useful in situationsof surveillance or when, for one reason or another, the user wishes to communicate with the entrance panel.To function properly, they must be used with the correct connection brackets.The correct choice of model will depend on the type of video unit you wish to install in the entrance panel: whetherblack and white (B/W) or colour.Note - Desktop installation of the monitor:For the desktop monitor installation, a desktop support is also required.Note - Cover frames :Cover frames can be used in replacements of flush-mounted monitors where the cavity in the wall needs to becovered or in installations where the wall on which the monitor is to be mounted is uneven or out of true.CONNECTION BRACKETSElements in which the connections of the conventional video door entry system are made in every dwelling inthe installation. They allow the wall-mounting and connection of the monitor to the installation.The correct choice of model will depend on the type of cable you intend to use for transmission of the video signal:whether coaxial or twisted pair.CALL EXTENSION UNITSThese accessories reproduce the call tone, thereby notifying the user that a call has been received from theentrance panel.They are useful in cases where the user wishes to listen to calls in different parts of a dwelling but not to installa telephone or monitor in each place.The model you select will depend on the type of call chosen for the installation: electronic call or buzzing call.ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIESElements which allow users to activate an external device (a light or bell, for example) at the same time thatthey receive a call made from the entrance panel, or to activate a second electric lock from the dwelling, etc.30

cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T112 VV15 V+T1+ T1cod.9730016T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DISTRIBUTION OF THE VIDEO SIGNAL: VIDEO DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMSCOAXIALDIV-034TAP-OFFSTap-offs are usually located on each floor of the building. They branch the video input signal to its tap outputs,where they are connected to the monitors in the dwellings. Connection in series of the tap offs allows the distributionof the video signal of the video unit to all the monitors in the installation.The correct choice of model will depend on the type of cable which is to be used for transmission of the videosignal: whether coaxial or twisted pair.TWISTED PAIRCOAXIALDIV-134SPLITTERSSplitters generate multiple independent output lines from a single video signal input line, while maintaining thesame video signal on each line. They enable the distribution of the video signal along several independentcolumns.The correct choice of model will depend on the type of cable which is to be used for transmission of the videosignal: whether coaxial or twisted pair.TWISTED PAIRPOINT OF ENTRY TO THE BUILDINGENTRANCE PANELDOORENTRY SYSTEMENTRANCE PANELVIDEODOORENTRY SYSTEMENTRANCE PANELGenerally installed at the entry point of buildings, this panel houses the audio unit and the pushbuttons, one foreach dwelling. In video door entry systems the panel also houses the video unit.Its dimensions depend on the number of different dwellings in the building where the electronic door entry systemor video door entry system is to be installed.Depending on the number of dwellings and on the nature of the installation, it may be necessary to install morethan one panel (i.e. entrance panels in parallel) at the entrance to the building.Flush-mounted or surface wall-mounted boxes are used to fix the entrance panel in the desired place. Similarly,in installations where the entrance panel requires extra protection against snow, rain, etc., rain-shields can beused.Note - Cover frames for entrance panels:Cover frames are useful in case where an old entrance panel has to be replaced by a new but smaller entrancepanel, or in installations where the wall on which the panel is to be located is uneven or out of true.AUDIO UNITThis is crucial module of the system. It enables calls to be made to the telephone or monitor of the dwelling andcommunication to take place from both the entrance panel to the dwelling and vice versa. In video door entrysystems, the audio unit also controls the activation of the video unit.The model you select will depend on the type of installation which is going to be performed: installation of electronicdoor entry system (with or without confidentiality feature; with electronic call or buzzing call; with conciergesystem; with internal communication between dwellings) or installation of video door entry system.VIDEO UNITThis is the module which captures the image of the person calling from the entrance panel. It has auxiliary lightingfor situations when the external light is poor. In black and white systems this lighting is by means of infraredLEDs whose light is invisible to the human eye. It is therefore possible to identify with absolute discretion the personwho is calling, even in conditions of poor light. With a colour system, on the other hand, the auxiliary lighting of thevideo unit is provided by means of white LEDs.There are different models of video unit. The choice of the right one for a particular installation depends on thetype of cable to be used for transmission of the video signal (whether coaxial or twisted pair) and on the type ofimage to be transmitted (whether black and white or colour).31

ARRIBAUPHAUTPUSHBUTTONSThe pushbuttons housed in the entrance panel enable contact to be made with each of the dwellings in the installation.The number of pushbuttons will be determined by the number of dwellings in the installation.FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXElement to which the entrance panel is fixed and which is normally located at the point of entry to the building.A cavity must be prepared in the wall so that the box can be embedded correctly.The model you select will depend on the dimensions of the entrance panel.SURFACE WALL-MOUNTED BOXElement to which the entrance panel is fixed and which is normally located at the point of entry to the building.It is not necessary to prepare the wall first as the box is surface wall-mounted.The model you select will depend on the dimensions of the entrance panel.RAIN SHIELDThe rain-shield is fixed to the entrance panel and provides additional protection against hostile atmospheric conditions(e.g. rain, snow, etc.).The model you select will depend on the size of the entrance panel and on whether the entrance panel is fixedto a flush-mounted box or to a surface wall-mounted box.ELECTRIC LOCKElectro-mechanical device which allows the entry door to be opened.The model you select will depend on how the device works, i.e. on whether it is standard, automatic, or withmanual release.ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIESElements which, for example, allow the user to activate an electric lock from several separate entrance panels, orto activate a second electric lock from a dwelling, or to activate stair lights when the door is opened.CONCIERGE SYSTEMOFFTELEPHONE FOR CONCIERGE SYSTEMThis telephone enables the concierge (or caretaker) to receive calls made from the entrance panel or from dwellings,to establish conversation, and to open the entry door.The model you select will depend on the dimensions of the concierge unit panel which is installed in parallel.To fix the telephone for concierge system in the desired place, flush-mounted or surface wall-mounted boxes areused.ONCONCIERGE UNIT PANELThe panel is installed in parallel with the concierge unit telephone. It houses the audio group and the pushbuttons,one for each dwelling.Its dimensions will depend on the number of dwellings in the building in which it has been decided to install theelectronic door entry system with concierge unit.Depending on the number of dwellings and on the nature of the installation, it may be necessary to install morethan one panel (i.e. panels in parallel).To fix the concierge unit panel in the desired place, flush-mounted or surface wall-mounted boxes are used.32

ARRIBAUPHAUT230V~ ±10%DC OUT50-60Hz: 15V0.2 AMODULATORAUDIO UNIT FOR CONCIERGE SYSTEMThis is the crucial module of the system. It allows calls to be made to the telephone in the dwelling and communicationto take place both between the telephone for concierge system and the dwelling and between the telephonefor concierge system and the entrance panel.PUSHBUTTONSThe pushbuttons housed in the panel enable contact to be made with each of the dwellings in the installation.The number of pushbuttons will be determined by the number of dwellings in the installation.FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXElement to which the telephone for concierge system and the concierge unit panel are fixed. A cavity must be preparedin the wall so that the box can be embedded correctly.The model you select will depend on the dimensions of the telephone for concierge system and the concierge unitpanel.SURFACE WALL-MOUNTED BOXElement to which the telephone for concierge system and the concierge unit panel are fixed. It is not necessary toprepare the wall first as the box is surface wall-mounted.The model you select will depend on the dimensions of the telephone for concierge system and the concierge unitpanel.POWER SUPPLYPOWER SUPPLY UNITSElements which convert the mains electrical voltage to the required voltages for the correct functioning ofthe conventional system.230 V VThe choice of power supply units will be determined by the type of installation to be performed as wellas by the consumption of the electric lock which it has been decided to install. See the diagram correspondingto the installation you wish to carry out in Chapter 6 “Diagrams”. This will enable you to identifythe power supply units you need.230 V VELECTRONIC MODULESElements required to carry out certain kinds of electronic door entry or video door entry installations.CONTROL EQUIPMENT - INSTALLATONS WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATION BETWEENDWELLINGS230 V I2 I1Element responsible for managing the internal communication system.MODULATORS - TV DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS965 SERIESElements which generate an analogue TV channel from the video signal of the video unit of the TV doorentry system and then distribute this channel to the TV installation in the dwellings.The model you select will depend on the channel you wish to generate.33

STANDARDS2TECHNICAL DATAThe electronic door entry system products detailed in the following pages comply with the following standards:EN 60065:2002 - Audio and Video Apparatus and Analogical Electronic Apparatus. Safety Requirements.EN 61000-6-3:2001 - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). Part 6: Generic norms. Section 3: Norm of Emission in Residential,Commercial and Light-Industrial Environments.EN 61000-6-1:2001 - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). Part 6: Generic norms. Section 1: Immunity for Residential,Commercial and Light-Industrial Environments.Accordingly, ALCAD electronic door entry system products bear the CE stamp.TELEPHONES FOR HOUSES AND FLATSTelephones for wall-mounting, manufactured in ABS plastic. Conventional 4+N system.The base of these telephones can be fixed to the wall at several points (1). The receiver has a built-inelectret microphone and a 16 Ω ferrite loudspeaker. The receiver cable is a flexible cord with telephonejack connectors (2). Also included are lift-up type connection terminals to ensure correct connection.Available for electronic call or buzzing call systems. Electronic call system: when a call is made fromthe entrance panel, the call tone generated by the audio unit is heard through the loudspeaker of thetelephone receiver. Buzzing call system: when a call is made from the entrance panel, the call signalgenerated by the audio unit activates the buzzer of the telephone.Note:For desktop installation of telephones, a desktop support must be used (see "Accessories for telephones"on page 42).21The following table shows the correct model of telephone to choose for the installation you intend to perform.PARTICULAR INSTALLATIONELECTRONIC CALLBUZZING CALLELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMStandard installationSeveral points of entryHousing estateTEL-001TEL-002TUN-001TUN-002ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM WITHCONCIERGE UNITELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM WITHINTERNAL COMMUNICATIONStandard installationSeveral points of entryStandard installationSeveral points of entryTEL-001TEL-002TIN-001ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM WITHCONFIDENTIALITY FEATUREELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMREPLACEMENT INSTALLATIONSELECTRONIC VIDEO DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMCOAXIALELECTRONIC VIDEO DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMTWISTED PAIRTV DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM34Standard installationSeveral points of entryHousing estateStandard installationStandard installationSeveral points of entryHousing estateStandard installationSeveral points of entryHousing estateStandard installationTES-001TES-002TUN-001TUN-002TES-001TES-002TES-001TES-002TES-001TES-002TUN-001TUN-002

ELECTRONIC CALL SYSTEM84 mmCod. 9600001TEL-001ELECTRONIC TELEPHONE224 mm1The lock-release button (1) is located on one side of the phone, allowing you to open the entry door withouthaving to pick up the receiver.Operating temperature +5 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment:50.6 mmNote: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment and are intendedfor use exclusively with ALCAD audio units. Do not use the terminals of the equipment to supply power toadditional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.123451 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callTERMINALS1 , 23 , 24 , 2AT REST5/18 V9 V0 VWORKING0 V5.6 - 6.6 V4 Vpp0 Vpp5 , 20 V9/14.5 V84 mmCod. 9600009TEL-002ELECTRONIC TELEPHONE WITH 2 PUSHBUTTONS224 mm12The lock-release button (1) is located on one side of the phone, allowing you to open the entry door withouthaving to pick up the receiver. There is also a potential-free auxiliary pushbutton (2), which can be used foradditional functions (e.g. opening a second door).Operating temperature +5 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment:50.6 mmNote: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment and are intendedfor use exclusively with ALCAD audio units. Do not use the terminals of the equipment to supply power toadditional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.1234524 251 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 224 , 25Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callAuxiliary push-buttonImportant:The terminals 24, 25 are potential-freecontacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 VTERMINALS1 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2AT REST5/18 V9 V0 V0 VWORKING0 V5.6 - 6.6 V4 Vpp0 Vpp9/14.5 V24 , 25NormallyClosedopened35

Auxiliary pushbutton. State of the contactsSTATE OF THE CONTACTSACTIVATIONTERMINALSAT RESTWORKING24, 2584 mm1Cod. 9600003TES-001ELECTRONIC TELEPHONE WITH CONFIDENTIALITY FEATURE224 mmThe lock-release button (1) is located on one side of the phone, allowing you to open the entry door withouthaving to pick up the receiver.The telephone is on standby until it receives a call; when it does so, the audio and door-opening functionsare enabled by the audio unit for a set of period of time.Operating temperature +5 to + 55 °C50.6 mmDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment and are intendedfor use exclusively with ALCAD audio units. Do not use the terminals of the equipment to supply power to additionaldevices without previously consulting the manufacturer.123451 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callTERMINALS1 , 23 , 24 , 2INACTIVE5 V0 V0 VAT REST5 V8 V0 VWORKING0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 Vpp5 , 20 V0 VTone max. 10.5 Vpp14.5 V36

84 mmCod. 9600012TES-002ELECTRONIC TELEPHONE WITH CONFIDENTIALITY FEATURE, 2 PUSHBUTTONS224 mm12The lock-release button (1) is located on one side of the phone, allowing you to open the entry door withouthaving to pick up the receiver. There is also a potential-free auxiliary pushbutton (2), which can be used foradditional functions (e.g. opening a second door).The telephone is on standby until it receives a call; when it does so, the audio and door-opening functionsare enabled by the audio unit for a set of period of time.Operating temperature +5 to + 55 °C50.6 mmDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment and are intendedfor use exclusively with ALCAD audio units. Do not use the terminals of the equipment to supply power to additionaldevices without previously consulting the manufacturer.1 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callTERMINALS1 , 2INACTIVE5 VAT REST5 VWORKING0 V12345 24 2524 , 25Auxiliary push-buttonImportant:The terminals 24, 25 are potential-freecontacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 V3 , 24 , 25 , 20 V0 V0 V8 V0 V0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 VppTone max. 10.5 Vpp14.5 VAuxiliary pushbutton. State of the contactsSTATE OF THE CONTACTSACTIVATIONTERMINALSAT RESTWORKING24, 2537

BUZZING / ELECTRONIC CALL SYSTEM224 mm84 mm1Cod. 9600002TUN-001UNIVERSAL TELEPHONEThe lock-release button (1) is located on one side of the phone, allowing you to open the entry door withouthaving to pick up the receiver.Replacement installations:A telephone which is compatible with the door entry systems of other manufacturers (see the compatibilitytable on page 41). For this type of installation, the telephone is equipped with loudspeaker volume and microphonecontrols, to avoid possible problems of acoustic feedback in the entrance panel or in the telephoneitself.50.6 mmOperating temperature +5 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment and are intended for use exclusively withALCAD audio units. Do not use the terminals of the equipment to supply power to additional devices without previously consultingthe manufacturer.123456J11 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 2Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callBuzzing callTERMINALS1 , 23 , 24 , 2AT REST5/18 V9 V0 VWORKING0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 Vpp5 , 20 VTone max. 7.0/10.5 Vpp9/14.5 V6 , 20 V12 VDescription of terminals in replacement installations:Note: For the testing of the equipment, please refer to theappropriate manufacturer's technical documentation.J11 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 2Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callBuzzing call123456J1Compatibility jumper39

84 mmCod. 9600011TUN-002UNIVERSAL TELEPHONE WITH 2 PUSHBUTTONS224 mm12The lock-release button (1) is located on one side of the phone, allowing you to open the entry door withouthaving to pick up the receiver. There is also a potential-free auxiliary pushbutton (2), which can be used foradditional functions (e.g. opening a second door).Replacement installations:50.6 mmA telephone which is compatible with the door entry systems of other manufacturers (see the compatibilitytable on page 41). For this type of installation, the telephone is equipped with loudspeaker volume andmicrophone controls, to avoid possible problems of acoustic feedback in the entrance panel or in the telephoneitself.Operating temperature +5 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment and are intended for use exclusively withALCAD audio units. Do not use the terminals of the equipment to supply power to additional devices without previously consultingthe manufacturer.J11 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 224 , 25Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callBuzzing callAuxiliary push-buttonTERMINALS1 , 23 , 2AT REST5/18 V9 VWORKING0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 Vpp123456 24 25Important:The terminals 24, 25 are potential-freecontacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 V4 , 25 , 20 V0 VAudio max. 7.0 VppTone max. 7.0/10.5 Vpp9/14.5 V6 , 20 V12 VDescription of terminals in replacement installations:Note: For the testing of the equipment, please refer to the appropriatemanufacturer's technical documentation.Auxiliary pushbutton. State of the contactsJ112345624251 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 224 , 25J1Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callBuzzing callAuxiliary push-buttonCompatibility jumperImportant:The terminals 24, 25 are potential-freecontacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 VSTATE OF THE CONTACTSACTIVATIONTERMINALSAT RESTWORKING24, 2540

REPLACEMENT INSTALLATIONSCOMPATIBILITY TABLEMODELALCAD TUN-001/TUN-002 1 2 3 4 5 6 J1ACETAMPERATEAAUTA TF92 (Electronic)AUTELCOBELL SYSTEM TELEPHOBOGENBPTCENTRAMATICCITESACITOVOXCOMELIT OKAYELBEXELVOXELVOX 801-822, 870, 902/000FARFISAFERMAX GONDOLAFERMAX REKTO TF-4FERMAX 2044, 20440, 21100FRINGEGAMEGIROGOLMAR T-600GOLMAR T-800GOLMAR T-810GOLMAR T-10005 2 10 7 9D C A B E2 3 4 1 510 4 3 7 12P5 1 a b 2Z O R T IT 3 1 2 62 4 1 5 34 1 2 3 51 C 4 3 B5 9 10 7 T5 4 3/6 2 1LOW MIC SPEC +2 9 6 4 +7 3/4/5 2 1 65 3 1 2 64 3 1 2 V/5P C A B E1 3 2 6 42 1 3 6 4 4P 3 2 1 Z2 1 3 6 4T 3 1 2 6P1 3 5 10 0P1 3 5 10 7X A M S NGOLMAR T-2800 4 3 5 107 ALT TERRANEO 603N T1 3 1 2 6 AOSTELVIPORMATRIPOLLESRITTO ELEGANT 40518SAFNATSELTISIEDLE HT 611-01SPRINTSTR NH200STR NH205TAGRATEGUI GLTEGUI HORIZON (Buzzer)TEGUI HORIZON (Electronic)TELEVESTESLA DDZ 85TESLA DDZ 93TUNEURMET 730, 930, 1030, 11309 6 2 173 8 1 2 411 13 12 15 144 2 1 3 V5 3 1 2 61 9/C 2 11 7"/" 3 1 2 61 O M T S1 O M T S8 6 2 1 43 2 4 5 13 2 4 5 13 2 4 5 14 3 2 1T1 3 2 6 4Z 3 2 6 48 6 2 1 48/9 11 2 1 7URMET 9 6 2 1 7 AVIDEX 5 7 1 2 6 AYUS PHONE EL - T R B/PT AA BAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA41

ACCESSORIES FOR TELEPHONESDESKTOP SUPPORTS72 mmCod. 9730029SST-001DESKTOP SUPPORT FOR TELEPHONESupport for desktop installation of the door entry system telephone.205 mm49 mm13 OMONITORS AND CONNECTION BRACKETS FOR HOUSES ANDFLATSMONITORS FOR HOUSES AND FLATS1Monitors for wall-mounting on connection bracket (1). Manufacturedin ABS plastic.Complete confidentiality of audio and video communication and2automatic switch-on feature. The monitor remains on standby until a call5is received or the automatic switch-on feature is activated. When eitherof these events occurs, the audio, video and door-opening functions areactivated for the time-setting controlled by the audio unit.46378Electronic call system: when a call is made from the entrance panel,8 7 6the call tone generated by the audio unit is heard in the loudspeaker ofthe receiver of the monitor.Monitors have a button on the side for opening the door (2), making2 it possible to activate the electric lock without having to pick up the receiver,an auto switch-on button (3), and two extra buttons - which are9potential-free - for auxiliary functions (4). The current operating state is shown by a LED (5). There are separate controls for brightness(6) and contrast (7), as well as an on/off switch for the screen (8). The receiver of the monitor has a built-in electret-type microphoneand a 16 Ω neodine speaker. The receiver cable is flexible and extensible with telephone-type connectors (9).Note: For desktop installation of monitors, a desktop support must be used (see "Accessories for monitors" on page 45).Monitors are either black and white (B/W) or colour, depending on the type of video unit which is to be installed in the entrancepanel (i.e. whether B/W or colour).42

COAXIAL CABLE193 mm166 mmCod. 9630002SCM-010MONITOR CONNECTION BRACKET. COAXIAL CABLEBracket with conventional 6+N+coaxial connection, incorporating the 4+N connection system, with 2 wiresfor supplying power to the video system of the monitor and coaxial cable to carry the video signal.Operating temperature +5 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment and are intendedfor use exclusively with ALCAD audio units and video units. Do not use the terminals of the equipment tosupply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.CC1CC1Monitor connectorTERMINALSINACTIVEAT RESTWORKINGA BJ1R11 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2V1 , M+ , -Electric lock releaseMonitor microphoneMonitor loudspeakerElectronic callSignal of videoPower supply voltage1 , 23 , 24 , 25 V0 V0 V5 V9 V0 V0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 VppV1MMV124 , 25Auxiliary push-button (P1)26 , 27 Auxiliary push-button (P2)5 , 20 V0 VTone max. 10.5 Vpp14.5 V2425262728Important:The terminals 24, 25, 26 and 27are potential-free contacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 VV1 , M+ , -0 V(1)1 Vpp ±0.1 (75 Ω)15 V ±10%1 Vpp ±0.25 (75 Ω)1 2 3 4 5(1) In cases of multiple points of entry, when any entrance panel video unit is activated.Auxiliary pushbuttons. State of the contactsPUSHBUTTON CORRESPONDING TO THE TERMINALS 24, 25STATE OF THE CONTACTSPUSHBUTTON CORRESPONDING TO THE TERMINALS 26, 27STATE OF THE CONTACTSACTIVATIONTERMINALSAT RESTWORKINGACTIVATIONTERMINALSAT RESTWORKING24, 2526, 27TWISTED PAIR193 mm166 mmCod. 9630003SCM-020MONITOR CONNECTION BRACKET. TWISTED PAIRBracket with conventional 6+N+twisted pair connection, incorporating the 4+N connection system, with 2wires for supplying power to the video system of the monitor and twisted pair to carry the video signal.Operating temperature +5 to + 55 °C44Description of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment and are intendedfor use exclusively with ALCAD audio units and video units. Do not use the terminals of the equipment tosupply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.

CC1CC1Monitor connectorTERMINALS INACTIVE AT REST WORKINGA BJ1R11 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2T1+ , T1-+ , -Electric lock releaseMonitor microphoneMonitor loudspeakerElectronic callSignal of videoPower supply voltage1, 23, 24, 25 V0 V5 V9 V0 V 0 V0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max 4 VppAudio max 7.0 VppT1+T1-T1-T1+242526272824 , 25Auxiliary push-button (P1)26 , 27 Auxiliary push-button (P2)Important:The terminals 24, 25, 26 and 27are potential-free contacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 VTone max 10.5 Vpp5, 2 0 V 0 V14.5 VT1+ , _T1 , _0 V6.5 V ± 0.5+ , _ 15 V ±10%1 2 3 4 5Auxiliary pushbuttons. State of the contactsPUSHBUTTON CORRESPONDING TO THE TERMINALS 24, 25STATE OF THE CONTACTSPUSHBUTTON CORRESPONDING TO THE TERMINALS 26, 27STATE OF THE CONTACTSACTIVATIONTERMINALSAT RESTWORKINGACTIVATIONTERMINALSAT RESTWORKING24, 2526, 27ACCESSORIES FOR MONITORSDESKTOP SUPPORTS170 mm1Cod. 9730049SSM-001DESKTOP SUPPORT FOR MONITORSupport for desktop installation of the video door entry system monitor.87 mm170 mmIn addition to the desktop support itself (1), a connection base is included (withfemale SCART connector) for wall mounting (2) as well as a 2-metre multiwireSCART connector cable (3) for linking the connection bracket of the monitor to thebase.280 mmCC125 mm2160 mm45 O3145

A RIBAUPHAUTA RIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTDescription of terminals and typical voltages of the connection base depending on the condition of the equipment:T1+ T1- T1- T1+ +15V S2 D1D2 S5V1 M M V1 1 2 3 4 5 24 251 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2T1+ , T1-V1 , M+ , -24 , 25Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callSignal of video (twisted pair)Signal of video (coaxial)Power supply voltageAuxiliary push-button (P1)Importante:Las bornas 24 y 25 son contactoslibres de potencial.Limitaciones de conexión: 50 mA - 12 VTERMINALS1 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2INACTIVE5 V0 V0 V0 VAT REST5 V9 V0 V0 VWORKING0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 VppTone max. 10.5 Vpp14.5 V+ , _ 15 V ±10%0 Vpp 1 Vpp ± 0.25 (75 Ω)V1 , MT1+ , _T1 , _0 V6.5 V ± 0.5COVER FRAMES FOR MONITORS213Frames (1) manufactured in aluminium. Useful when a flushmountedmonitor is replaced and the cavity in the wall needs tobe covered (2) so that the new monitor can then be mounted (3).These frames also facilitate installation when the wall on whichthe monitor is to be located is uneven or out of true, making iteasier to mount the monitor.Available in three models: two of these have standard dimensions while the third is generic, with dimensions which can be definedby the user according to the needs of the installation.Cod. 9730035MAE-001COVER FRAME 250x275 mm250 mm3mm275 mmCod. 9730036MAE-002COVER FRAME 300x325 mm300 mm3mm325 mm46

ARRIBAUPHAUTCod. 9730034MAE-900GENERIC COVER FRAME3mmNote: See the ALCAD website at www.alcad.net for information on ordering the generic cover frame.TAP-OFFS AND SPLITTERSElements which make it possible to distribute the video signal from the video unit to the different dwellings in the installation.TAP-OFFS21Elements with several tapped outputs without loss for connection to monitors (1) and with 1through output for connection to the next tap-off (2) when the desired distribution of the signal isstar-shaped, installing one tap-off for each floor or ramification of the building.Tap-offs fall into two groups: those for coaxial cable and those for twisted pair. The choice oftap-off will depend on which type of cable is to be used in the installation to transmit the videosignal from the video unit.COAXIAL CABLE88 mmCod. 9730031 DIV-024COAXIAL VIDEO TAP-OFF, 4 OUTPUTS TO MONITORS57 mm24 mmTap-off with 4 tapped outputs without loss for connectionto monitors. Connection by means of screw terminals andclamps, 75 Ω coaxial cable (1). It incorporates a 75 Ωresistor for the closing of the video line (2); this should onlybe removed when using the through out-put of the tap-off.The tap-off only consumes energy when one of the monitorsconnected to its tap outputs is activated.Technical characteristics:Outputs4275 Ohm1ScrewterminalClampConnection of coaxial cableInternalconductorMeshOuput impedanceConnectionGainVideo input levelPower supplyBy means of screw terminalsand clamps11 Vpp ±0.25 (75 Ω)Through monitor (coaxial)47

cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1TWISTED PAIR40 mm88 mmDIV-03421 mmCod. 9730015DIV-034TWISTED PAIR VIDEO TAP-OFF, 4 OUTPUTS TO MONITORSTap-off with 4 tapped outputs without loss for connectionto monitors. Connection by means of terminal. Incorporatesa 120 Ω resistor for the closing of the video line (1); thisshould only be removed when using the through out-put ofthe tap-off. The tap-off only consumes energy when one ofthe monitors connected to its tap outputs is activated.T1+ T1T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1 T1 T1 T1T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+T1 T1 T1T1+ T1+ T1+ T1Technical characteristics:120 Ohm1Outputs4Ouput impedanceConnectionVideo input levelPower supplyBy means of screw terminals0.5 Vpp ±0.1 (120 Ω)Through twisted pairSPLITTERSVideo risersVideo risersElements with independent video signal outputs. Of use when the installation requiresseveral branches or columns of video.SplitterSplitters fall into two groups: those for coaxial cable and those for twisted pair. The choiceof splitter will depend on which type of cable is to be used in the installation to transmitthe video signal from the video unit.COAXIAL CABLE57 mm88 mmCod. 9730032 DIV-124COAXIAL AMPLIFIED VIDEO SPLITTER, 4 OUTPUTSSplitter with 4 independent video signal outputs. Can be powered by either AC (alternating current) orDC (direct current). Connection by means of screw terminal.24 mmCaracterísticas técnicas:OutputsOuput impedance475 Ω12ScrewterminalClampConnectionGainVideo input levelPower supplyBy means of screw terminalsand clamps1 .. 1.31 Vpp ±0.25 (75 Ω)15 VConnection of coaxial cableInternalconductorMesh48

12 VV+15 Vcod.9730016T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1TWISTED PAIR40 mm88 mmDIV-13421 mmCod. 9730016DIV-134TWISTED PAIR AMPLIFIED VIDEO SPLITTER, 4 OUTPUTSSplitter with 4 independent video signal outputs. Can be powered by either AC (alternating current) orDC (direct current). Connection by means of screw terminal.Technical characteristics:OutputsOuput impedanceConnectionVideo input levelPower supply4120 ΩBy means of screw terminals0.5 Vpp ±0.1 (120 Ω)15V /12V12 V 15 VV +T1DIV-134cod.9730016T1 T1 T1 T1T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+ENTRANCE PANELS WITH PUSHBUTTONS1Entrance panels consist of two modules, each of which comes in variousmodels. These modules constitute the upper part (1) and lower part (2) of theentrance panel that is to be installed. Any configuration of entrance panel canbe achieved by the different combinations available. Several entrance panelscan be connected side by side to obtain the desired number of pushbuttons.2The choice of the upper and lower modules, as well as the number of entrancepanels required, will determine the final size of the panel and, consequently,the dimensions and the number of flush-mounted or surface wall-mounted boxesto be used. (See Chapter 3: "Entrance panels: dimensions and accessories").Entrance panels in parallelENTRANCE PANEL UPPER MODULESThese modules are made with an aluminium profile and house the audio unit, the video unit, the card holder, or various combinationsof these. They are divided into single, double or triple modules, depending on whether the same module incorporates one ortwo or all three of these elements.Available for electronic call or buzzing call systems. Electronic call system: when a call is made from the entrance panel, the calltone generated by the audio unit is heard through the loudspeaker of the telephone receiver. Buzzing call system: when a call is madefrom the entrance panel, the call signal generated by the audio unit is heard in the telephone buzzer.Two TORX tamper-proof screws are provided with the upper modules. These replace the standard screws of the entrance panelcover frame and prevent unauthorised persons from tampering with the panel.Single upper modules Double upper modules Triple upper modules49

The following tables show which entrance panel upper module with audio unit and video unit to select to meet the requirementsof the installation which is going to be performed.PARTICULAR INSTALLATIONSINGLE MODULEELECTRONIC CALLDOUBLE MODULETRIPLE MODULEINDIVIDUAL ENTRANCEPANEL MODULE, WITHVIDEO UNITELECTRONIC DOORENTRY SYSTEMStandard installationSeveral points of entryHousing estateMAN-410MAN-430MMN-410MMN-430ELECTRONIC DOORENTRY SYSTEM WITHCONCIERGE UNITStandard installationSeveral points of entryMAN-430MMN-430ELECTRONIC DOORENTRY SYSTEM WITHINTERNAL COMMUNICATIONStandard installationSeveral points of entryMAN-410MAN-430MMN-410MMN-430ELECTRONIC DOORENTRY SYSTEM WITHCONFIDENTIALITY FEATUREELECTRONIC DOORENTRY SYSTEMREPLACEMENT INSTALLATIONSELECTRONIC VIDEO DOORENTRY SYSTEMCOAXIALELECTRONIC VIDEO DOORENTRY SYSTEMTWISTED PAIRTV DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMStandard installationSeveral points of entryHousing estateStandard installationStandard installationSeveral points of entryHousing estateStandard installationSeveral points of entryHousing estateStandard installationMAN-441MAN-451MAN-441MVN-301 (B/W)MVN-302 (COLOUR)MAN-441MVN-004 (B/W)MVN-005 (COLOUR)MAN-441MVN-201 (B/W)MMN-441MMN-451MMN-441MCN-441MDN-441 (B/W)MDN-442 (COLOUR)MMN-441MCN-441MDN-444 (B/W))MDN-445 (COLOUR)MMN-441MCN-441MDN-443 (B/W)MDT-441 (B/W)MDT-442 (COLOUR)MDT-444 (B/W)MDT-445 (COLOUR)MDT-443 (B/W)MVN-903 (B/W)MVN-905 (COLOUR)MVN-901 (B/W)MVN-904 (COLOUR)MVN-902 ((B/W)PARTICULAR INSTALLATIONSINGLE MODULEBUZZING CALLDOUBLE MODULEELECTRONIC DOORENTRY SYSTEMELECTRONIC DOORENTRY SYSTEMREPLACEMENT INSTALLATIONSStandard installationSeveral points of entryHousing estateStandard installationMAN-451MAN-430 + AAL-001MAN-451MMN-451MMN-430 + AAL-001MMN-45150

A brief description of each entrance panel upper modules is given below.ENTRANCE PANEL SINGLE UPPER MODULESSINGLE MODULES WITH AUDIO UNIT78.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670115MAN-410ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GRF-201ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNITModule housing the GRF-201 electronic audio unit for standardinstallations (1). Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightnessand with rings (2) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.2178.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670116 MAN-430ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GRF-203ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT FOR SEVERALPOINTS OF ENTRYModule housing the GRF-203 electronic audio unit for installationswith several points of entry (1). Fitted with rubber stripsfor water-tightness and with rings (2) for hanging in the flushmountedbox.2178.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670118 MAN-441ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GRF-204ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFI-DENTIALITY FEATUREModule housing the GRF-204 electronic audio unit for installationswith the confidentiality feature (1). Fitted with rubberstrips for water-tightness and with rings (2) for hanging in theflush-mounted box.2178.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670119 MAN-451ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GRF-205 UNI-VERSAL AUDIO UNITModule housing the GRF-205 electronic audio unit for installationswith electronic call or buzzing call (1). Fitted with rubberstrips for water-tightness and with rings (2) for hanging inthe flush-mounted box.21SINGLE MODULES WITH VIDEO UNIT78.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670009 MVN-301ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GENERIC B/WTCB-011 VIDEO UNIT, COAXIALModule which houses the generic black and white video unitfor coaxial cable, model TCB-011 (1). Fitted with rubber stripsfor water-tightness and with rings (2) for hanging in the flushmountedbox.2151

78.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670045MVN-302ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GENERICCOLOUR TCB-021 VIDEO UNIT, COAXIALModule which houses the generic colour video unit for coaxialcable, model TCB-021 (1). Fitted with rubber strips forwater-tightness and with rings (2) for hanging in the flush-mountedbox.2178.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670012 MVN-004ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GENERIC B/WTCB-040 VIDEO UNIT, TWISTED PAIRModule which houses the generic black and white video unitfor twisted pair, model TCB-040 (1). Fitted with rubber strips forwater-tightness and with rings (2) for hanging in the flush-mountedbox.2178.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670157 MVN-005ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GENERICCOLOUR TCB-050 VIDEO UNIT, TWISTED PAIRModule which houses the generic colour video unit for twistedpair, model TCB-050 (1). Fitted with rubber strips for watertightnessand with rings (2) for hanging in the flush-mountedbox.2178.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670101 MVN-201ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GENERIC B/WTCB-210 VIDEO UNIT, COAXIAL, FOR TV DOORENTRY SYSTEMModule which houses the generic black and white video unitfor coaxial cable, model TCB-210 (1) in TV door entry installations.Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and withrings (2) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.21SINGLE MODULES WITH CARD-HOLDER78.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670018 MTN-000ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH CARD-HOL-DERModule which houses an informative card-holder (1) of76.5mm x 43.5mm made from polycarbonate. Used in installations,generally with several entrance panels, when it isnecessary to display information of interest on one of thesepanels. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and withrings (2) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.2152

SINGLE BLANK MODULES78.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670021 MLN-000BLANK ENTRANCE PANEL MODULEBlank module which does not house any element in its interior.Used in installations, generally with several entrancepanels, when some of the panels do not contain any elementsat all (i.e. no audio unit, no video unit and no card-holder).Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and with rings (1)for hanging in the flush-mounted box.1COMPACT MODULES147 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670106 MVN-903COMPACT ENTRANCE PANEL WITH GENERICB/W TCB-011 VIDEO UNIT, COAXIALA compact model (i.e. which does not require a lower module)which houses the generic B/W video unit for coaxial cable,model TCB-011 (1). Used in video door entry installationswhere the video unit is located at a certain distance from theentrance panel. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness andwith rings (2) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.147 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670107 MVN-905COMPACT ENTRANCE PANEL WITH GENERICCOLOUR TCB-021 VIDEO UNIT, COAXIALA compact model (i.e. which does not require a lower module)which houses the generic colour video unit for coaxialcable, model TCB-021 (1). Used in video door entry installationswhere the video unit is located at a certain distance fromthe entrance panel. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightnessand with rings (2) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.147 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670013 MVN-901COMPACT ENTRANCE PANEL WITH GENERICB/W TCB-040 VIDEO UNIT, TWISTED PAIRA compact model (i.e. which does not require a lower module)which houses the generic B/W video unit for twisted pair,model TCB-040 (1). Used in video door entry installationswhere the video unit is located at a certain distance from theentrance panel. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness andwith rings (2) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.53

147 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670019 MVN-904COMPACT ENTRANCE PANEL WITH GENERICCOLOUR TCB-050 VIDEO UNIT, TWISTED PAIRA compact model (i.e. which does not require a lower module)which houses the generic colour video unit for twisted pair,model TCB-050 (1). Used in video door entry installationswhere the video unit is located at a certain distance from theentrance panel. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness andwith rings (2) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.147 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670100 MVN-902COMPACT ENTRANCE PANEL WITH B/WTCB-210 VIDEO UNIT, COAXIAL, FOR TV DOORENTRY SYSTEMA compact model (i.e. which does not require a lowermodule) which houses the B/W video unit for coaxial cable,model TCB-210 (1), in TV door entry installations. Fitted withrubber strips for water-tightness and with rings (2) for hangingin the flush-mounted box.212ENTRANCE PANEL DOUBLE UPPER MODULESUPPER MODULES WITH AUDIO UNIT AND VIDEO UNIT126.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670130 MDN-441ENTRANCE PANEL MODULES WITH GRF-204ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDEN-TIALITY FEATURE AND GENERIC B/W TCB-011VIDEO UNIT, COAXIALModule which houses the electronic audio unit for installationswith the confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1), andthe generic black and white video unit, model TCB-011 (2), forcoaxial cable. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness andwith rings (3) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.32154126.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670151 MDN-442ENTRANCE PANEL MODULES WITH GRF-204ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDEN-TIALITY FEATURE AND GENERIC COLOURTCB-021 VIDEO UNIT, COAXIALModule which houses the electronic audio unit for installationswith the confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1), andthe generic colour video unit, model TCB-021 (2), for coaxialcable. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and withrings (3) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.321

126.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670122 MDN-444ENTRANCE PANEL MODULES WITH GRF-204ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDEN-TIALITY FEATURE AND GENERIC B/W TCB-040VIDEO UNIT, TWISTED PAIRModule which houses the electronic audio unit for installationswith the confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1), andthe generic black and white video unit, model TCB-040 (2), fortwisted pair. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness andwith rings (3) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.321126.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670162 MDN-445ENTRANCE PANEL MODULES WITH GRF-204ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDEN-TIALITY FEATURE AND GENERIC COLOURTCB-050 VIDEO UNIT, TWISTED PAIRModule which houses the electronic audio unit for installationswith the confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1), andthe generic colour video unit, model TCB-050 (2), for twistedpair. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and with rings(3) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.321126.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670140 MDN-443ENTRANCE PANEL MODULES WITH GRF-204ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDEN-TIALITY FEATURE AND B/W TCB-210 VIDEOUNIT, COAXIAL, FOR TV DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMModule which houses the electronic audio unit for installationswith the confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1), andblack and white video unit, for tv door entry system, modelTCB-210 (2), for coaxial cable. Fitted with rubber strips forwater-tightness and with rings (3) for hanging in the flush-mountedbox.321UPPER MODULES WITH AUDIO UNIT AND CARD-HOLDER126.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670126 MMN-410ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GRF-201ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT AND CARD-HOLDERModule which houses the electronic audio unit, for standardinstallations, model GRF-201 (1) and an informative card-holder(2) of 76.5mm x 43.5mm manufactured in polycarbonate.Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and with rings (3)for hanging in the flush-mounted box.32155

126.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670128 MMN-430ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GRF-203ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT FOR SEVERAL POINTSOF ENTRY AND CARD-HOLDERModule which houses the electronic audio unit, for installationswith several points of entry, model GRF-203 (1) and aninformative card-holder (2) of 76.5mm x 43.5mm manufacturedin polycarbonate. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightnessand with rings (3) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.321126.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670137 MMN-441ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GRF-204ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDEN-TIALITY FEATURE AND CARD-HOLDERModule which houses the electronic audio unit, for installationswith the confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1) andan informative card-holder (2) of 76.5mm x 43.5mm manufacturedin polycarbonate. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightnessand with rings (3) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.321126.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670127 MMN-451ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GRF-205 UNI-VERSAL AUDIO UNIT AND CARD-HOLDERModule which houses the electronic audio unit, for installationswith electronic call or buzzing call, model GRF-205 (1)and an informative card-holder (2) of 76.5mm x 43.5mmmanufactured in polycarbonate. Fitted with rubber strips forwater-tightness and with rings (3) for hanging in the flush-mountedbox.321UPPER MODULES WITH AUDIO UNIT AND BLANK126.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670138 MCN-441ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GRF-204ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDEN-TIALITY FEATURE AND BLANKModule which houses the electronic audio unit, for installationswith the confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1). Fittedwith rubber strips for water-tightness and with rings (2) for hangingin the flush-mounted box.2156

UPPER MODULES WITH CARD-HOLDER AND BLANK126.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670086 MLT-000ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH CARD-HOLDERAND BLANKModule which houses an informative card-holder (1) of 76.5mm x43.5mm made from polycarbonate. Used in installations, generallywith several entrance panels, when it is necessary to display informationof interest. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and withrings (2) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.21ENTRANCE PANEL TRIPLE UPPER MODULESUPPER MODULES WITH AUDIO UNIT, VIDEO UNIT AND CARD-HOLDER174.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670131 MDT-441ENTRANCE PANEL MODULES WITH GRF-204 ELEC-TRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDENTIALITYFEATURE, GENERIC B/W TCB-011 VIDEO UNIT, COA-XIAL AND CARD-HOLDERModule which houses the electronic audio unit, for installationswith the confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1); the genericblack and white video unit, model TCB-011 (2), for coaxial cable;and an informative card-holder (3) of 76.5mm x 43.5mm made frompolycarbonate. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and withrings (4) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.4321174.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670152 MDT-442ENTRANCE PANEL MODULES WITH GRF-204 ELEC-TRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDENTIALITYFEATURE, GENERIC COLOUR TCB-021 VIDEO UNIT,COAXIAL AND CARD-HOLDERModule which houses the electronic audio unit, for installationswith the confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1); the genericcolour video unit, model TCB-021 (2), for coaxial cable; and aninformative card-holder (3) of 76.5mm x 43.5mm made from polycarbonate.Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and with rings(4) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.432157

174.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670123 MDT-444ENTRANCE PANEL MODULES WITH GRF-204 ELEC-TRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDENTIALITYFEATURE, GENERIC B/W TCB-040 VIDEO UNIT,TWISTED PAIR AND CARD-HOLDERModule which houses the electronic audio unit, for installationswith the confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1); the genericblack and white video unit, model TCB-040 (2), for twisted pair; andan informative card-holder (3) of 76.5mm x 43.5mm made frompolycarbonate. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and withrings (4) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.4321174.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670163 MDT-445ENTRANCE PANEL MODULES WITH GRF-204 ELEC-TRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDENTIALITYFEATURE, GENERIC COLOUR TCB-050 VIDEO UNIT,TWISTED PAIR AND CARD-HOLDERModule which houses the electronic audio unit, for installations withthe confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1); the generic colourvideo unit, model TCB-050 (2), for twisted pair; and an informativecard-holder (3) of 76.5mm x 43.5mm made from polycarbonate.Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and with rings (4) for hangingin the flush-mounted box.4321174.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670141 MDT-443ENTRANCE PANEL MODULES WITH GRF-204 ELEC-TRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDENTIALITYFEATURE, B/W TCB-210 VIDEO UNIT, COAXIAL, FORTV DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM, AND CARD-HOLDERModule which houses the electronic audio unit, for installations withthe confidentiality feature, model GRF-204 (1); the black and whitevideo unit, model TCB-210 (2), for coaxial cable in TV door entry installations;and an informative card-holder (3) of 76.5mm x 43.5mmmade from polycarbonate. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightnessand with rings (4) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.432158

AUDIO UNITS IN ENTRANCE PANELS WITH PUSHBUTTONSTechnical data regarding the various models of audio unit which can be incorporated in the upper entrance panel modules is givenin the following pages.1Cod. 9610028GRF-201ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNITAudio unit for standard installations of door entry system with electronic call. Conventional 4+N connectionsystem. Generation of electronic call with acoustic confirmation for the visitor.The audio unit incorporates a microphone, a loudspeaker, a pushbutton to illuminate the card-holders of theentrance panel (1), volume controls both for the panel (2) and for telephones (3), and jumper for the configurationof the call tone: either double-tone or triple-tone (4). It also includes lift-up type connection terminals toensure correct connection.The electronic circuit is protected against short circuits.Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipmentin door entry installations and in door entry installations with internal communication:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminalsof the equipment to supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALSAT RESTWORKING2 34V , 12 VGRF-201cod. 9610028Made in Spain3 2 J2V , Power supply voltage1 , 2 Telephone lock release3 , 2 Telephones microphone4 , 2 Telephones loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal1 , 23 , 24 , 218 V9 V0 V0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 Vpp12 V~V~9 10 11 121 2 3 479 , 1011 , 12J2Panel lightingElectric lockSelecting the electronic call tone7 , 29 VTone max. 7.0 Vpp9 V9 , 100 V12 V21Cod. 9610029GRF-20311 , 12ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT. SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYAudio unit with built-in microprocessor for door entry installations in buildings with several points of entry.Capable of controlling the priorities of the different points of entry of the installation directly, i.e. withoutrequiring audio selectors. Conventional 4+N connection system. Generation of electronic call with acousticconfirmation for the visitor.Note: In installations where a buzzer call is required, the audio unit must be used in conjunction with thecall adaptor accessory. See the technical data in the section “Call Adapter Accessories” on page 87.The audio unit incorporates a microphone, a loudspeaker, a pushbutton to illuminate the card-holders of theentrance panel (1), a red light which indicates when the panel is disabled (2), volume controls both for thepanel (3) and for telephones (4), jumper for precision adjustment of sound level (5) and jumper for the configurationof the main panel (6): the main panel determines the panel with which telephones on standby arein communication.The unit also includes elevator-type connection terminals to ensure correct connectionThe electronic circuit is protected against short circuits.0 V12 VOperating temperature -10 to + 55 °C59

Description of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment in door entry installationsand in door entry installations with internal communication:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALSAT RESTWORKINGV , 12 VJ16GRF-203cod. 9610029Made in Spain12 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 153 45J 21 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V , Power supply voltage1 , 2 Telephone lock release3 , 2 Telephone microphone4 , 2 Telephone loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal9 , 10 Panel lighting11 , 12 Electric lock16 , 18 Estate17 , 18 Several points of entryJ1 Main panel selectionJ2 Precision adjustment of sound level1 , 23 , 24 , 27 , 29 , 1011 , 1216 , 185 V8 V0 V14.5 V0 V0 V0 V0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 VppTone max. 10.5 Vpp14.5 V12 V12 V4 V17 , 180 V8 VDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment in door entry installationswith concierge unit:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALSCONCIERGE DEACTIVATEDAT RESTWORKINGAT RESTCONCIERGE ACTIVATEDWORKINGV , 12 VJ16GRF-203cod. 9610029Made in Spain12 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 153 4 5J21 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V , Power supply voltage1 , 2 Telephone lock release3 , 2 Telephone microphone4 , 2 Telephone loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal9 , 10 Panel lighting11 , 12 Electric lock13 , 15 Concierge (control signal)14 , 15 Concierge1 , 23 , 24 , 27 , 25 V8 V0 V14.5 V0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 VppTone max.10.5 Vpp14.5 V5 V8 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 Vpp0 V Audio max. 7.0 Vpp14.5 V0 V17 , 18Several points of entry9 , 100 V12 V0 V12 VJ1J2Main panel selectionPrecision adjustmentof sound level11 , 1213 , 150 V 12 V0 V12 V0 V9 V14 , 150 VTone max. 7.0 Vpp9 V17 , 180 V 8 V0 V8 V60

21Cod. 9610030GRF-204ELECTRONIC AUDIO UNIT WITH THE CONFIDENTIALITY FEATUREAudio unit with built-in microprocessor for door entry installations with confidentiality feature and videodoor entry installations.Capable of controlling the video unit in video door entry systems and of directly controlling the priorities ofthe different points of entry of the installation, in installations with several points of entry, i.e. without requiringaudio selectors. Conventional 4+N connection system. Includes confidentiality feature and automaticswitch-on (video door entry systems). Generation of electronic call with acoustic confirmation for the visitor.The audio unit incorporates a microphone, a loudspeaker, a pushbutton to illuminate the card-holders of theentrance panel (1), a red light which indicates when the panel is disabled (2), volume controls both for thepanel (3) and for telephones/monitors (4), jumper for precision adjustment of the sound level (5) and anotherfor configuration of the main panel (6): the main panel determines the panel with which telephones and monitorson standby communicate and on which the automatic switch-on system of the monitors acts.The unit also includes elevator-type connection terminals to ensure correct connectionThe electronic circuit is protected against short circuits.Operating temperature +5 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment in door entry installationswith confidentiality feature:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALSINACTIVEAT RESTWORKING619J1GRF-204cod. 9610030Made in Spain12 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 153 45J21 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V , Power supply voltage1 , 2 Telephones lock release3 , 2 Telephones microphone4 , 2 Telephones loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal9 , 10 Panel lighting11 , 12 Electric lock16 , 18 Estate17 , 18 Several points of entryV , 12 V1 , 25 V3 , 2 0 V8 V4 , 20 V7 , 214.5 V0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 VppTone max. 10.5 Vpp14.5 VJ1J2Main panel selectionPrecision adjustment of sound level9 , 100 V12 V11 , 120 V12 V16 , 1817 , 180 V0 V4 V8 V61

Description of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment in video doorentry installations:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALSINACTIVEAT RESTWORKING63 45V , Power supply voltageV , 12 V19J1GRF-204cod. 9610030Made in SpainJ21 , 2 Telephones/monitors lock release3 , 2 Telephones/monitors microphone4 , 2 Telephones/monitors loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal9 , 1011 , 12Panel lightingElectric lock1 , 23 , 24 , 20 V5 V0 V8 V0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 Vpp12 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 1816 , 1817 , 1819J1J2EstateSeveral points of entryAlimentation (Basic installation)and video unit controlMain panel selectionPrecision adjustment of sound level7 , 29 , 1011 , 1214.5 V0 V0 VTone max. 10.5 Vpp14.5 V12 V12 V16 , 1817 , 180 V0 V4 V8 V1Cod. 9610031GRF-205UNIVERSAL AUDIO UNITAudio unit for standard installations of door entry system with electronic or buzzing call, made with ALCADtelephones or with door entry system telephones of other manufacturers (replacement installations).Conventional 4+N connection system. Generation of electronic call or buzzing call with acoustic confirmationfor the visitor.The audio unit incorporates a microphone, a loudspeaker, a pushbutton to illuminate the card-holders of theentrance panel (1), and volume controls both for the panel (2) and for telephones (3), and jumper for the configurationof the call tone: either double-tone or triple-tone (4).It also includes elevator-type connection terminals to ensure correct connection.The electronic circuit is protected against short circuits.Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °C62

Description of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment in door entry installationswith ALCAD's telephones:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALSAT RESTWORKINGGRF-205cod. 9610031Made in Spain2 33 2 J 212 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 0 1 2 3 4 7 84V , Power supply voltage1 , 2 Telephone lock release3 , 2 Telephone microphone4 , 2 Telephone loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal(electronic call)8 , 2 Common push button terminal(buzzing call)9 , 1011 , 12Panel lightingElectric lockV , 12 V1 , 23 , 24 , 27 , 218 V9 V0 V9 V0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 VppTone max. 7.0 Vpp9 VJ2Selecting the electronic call tone8 , 212 V 11 V9 , 1011 , 120 V0 V12 V12 VDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment in replacementinstallations:Consult the technical data provided by the manufacturer of the entrance panel which is being replaced to know which terminalscorrespond to the loudspeaker, microphone, lock release and common of the telephones in the installation.Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALSAT RESTWORKING2 34V , Power supply voltageV , 12 VGRF-205cod. 9610031Made in Spain3 2 J 212 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 0 1 2 3 4 7 801 , 2 Telephone lock release3 , 2 Telephone microphone4 , 2 Telephone loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal(electronic call)8 , 2 Common push button terminal(buzzing call)9 , 1011 , 12J2System with separate commonsPanel lightingElectric lockElectronic call tone selection0 , 21 , 23 , 24 , 27 , 218 V18 V9 V0 V9 V0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 VppTone max. 7.0 Vpp9 V0 V8 , 212 V 11 V9 , 1011 , 120 V0 V12 V12 V63

VIDEO UNITS IN ENTRANCE PANELS WITH PUSHBUTTONSBelow are shown the technical data of each of the models of video unit which can be incorporated in the upper modules of entrancepanels.Cod. 9640002TCB-011GENERIC B/W VIDEO UNIT, COAXIALBlack and white video unit with 1/3" CCD sensor, and output inCCIR composite video for 75 Ω coaxial cable. Ability to controldirectly, in installations with several points of entry, the video signalfrom the different points of entry, without the need for video selectors.The video unit consists of a protective, polycarbonate front screen,infrared LED auxiliary lighting for night vision, electronic autoiris,multidirectional control of the angle of vision - up to 10° (1). Inaddition, it includes plug type connection terminals with lift-up typeconnections to facilitate and guarantee correct connection of thecoaxial cable (2) and a short length of cable (3) for connectionwith the electronic audio unit with confidentiality feature of theentrance panel.The electronic circuit is protected against short circuits.312Description of terminals and technical characteristics:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALS INACTIVE WORKINGV2 M M V2V1 M M V415VMade in SpainTCB-011cod. 9640002+ , -V1 , MV2 , M19Power supply voltageVideo signal to the monitorsVideo signal installationswith several points of entryVideo unit control+ , -V1, MV2, M0 Vpp1 Vpp ±0.1 (75 Ω)0 Vpp15 V (200 mA max)(1)(1)1 Vpp ±0.1 (75 Ω)1 Vpp ±0.1 (75 Ω)1 Vpp ±0.1 (75 Ω)Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °C(1) In cases of multiple points of entry, when any entrance panel video unit is activated.AREA OF VISION OF THE VIDEO UNITStandardTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICSCCIRVERTICALHORIZONTALImage sensorB/W CCD 1/3"600 mmLightingInfraredAngle of visionHorizontalVertical70 o65 o65∞765 mm70∞600 mmOrientation10 o1700 mm1680 mm840 mm64

Cod. 9640009TCB-021GENERIC COLOUR VIDEO UNIT, COAXIALColour video unit with 1/4" CCD sensor, and output in PALcomposite video for 75 Ω coaxial cable. Ability to controldirectly, in installations with several points of entry, the videosignal from the different points of entry, without the need forvideo selectors.The video unit consists of a protective, polycarbonate frontscreen, white LED auxiliary lighting for night vision, automaticwhite balance setting, multidirectional control of the angleof vision - up to 10° (1). In addition, it includes plug type connectionterminals with lift-up type connections to facilitate andguarantee correct connection of the coaxial cable (2) and ashort length of cable (3) for connection with the electronicaudio unit with confidentiality feature of the entrance panel.312The electronic circuit is protected against short circuits.Description of terminals and technical characteristics:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALS INACTIVE WORKINGV2 M M V2V1 M M V415VMade in SpainTCB-021cod. 9640009Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °C+ , -V1 , MV2 , M19Power supply voltageVideo signal to the monitorsVideo signal installationswith several points of entryVideo unit control+ , -V1, MV2, M0 Vpp1 Vpp ±0.1 (75 Ω)0 Vpp15 V (225 mA max)(1) In cases of multiple points of entry, when any entrance panel video unit is activated.(1)(1)1 Vpp ±0.1 (75 Ω)1 Vpp ±0.1 (75 Ω)1 Vpp ±0.1 (75 Ω)AREA OF VISION OF THE VIDEO UNITStandardTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICSPALVERTICAL600 mmHORIZONTALImage sensorColour CCD 1/4”LightingWhite leds65∞765 mm70∞600 mmAngle of visionOrientationHorizontalVertical70 o65 o10 o1700 mm1680 mm840 mm65

Cod. 9640007TCB-040GENERIC B/W VIDEO UNIT, TWISTED PAIRBlack and white video unit with 1/3" CCD sensor, and videooutput for twisted pair. Ability to control directly, in installationswith several points of entry, the video signal from the differentpoints of entry, without the need for video selectors.The video unit consists of a protective, polycarbonate frontscreen, infrared LED auxiliary lighting for night vision, electronicauto-iris, and multidirectional control of the angle of vision - up to10° (1). In addition, it includes plug type connection terminalswith lift-up type connections to facilitate and guarantee correctconnection of the twisted pair (2) and a short length of cable (3)for connection with the electronic audio unit with confidentialityfeature of the entrance panel.312The electronic circuit is protected against short circuits.Description of terminals and technical characteristics:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALS INACTIVE WORKINGT2+ T2- T2- T2+T1+ T1- T4- T4+19Made in SpainTCB-040cod. 9640007T1+ , T1- Video signal to the monitorsT2+ , T2- Video signal installationswith several points of entry19Alimentation and video unit controlPower supplyOutput impedance(T1+, T1-)Video outputlevel120 ΩThrough audio unit0.5 Vpp (120 Ω)Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °CAREA OF VISION OF THE VIDEO UNITStandardTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICSCCIRVERTICALHORIZONTALImage sensorB/W CCD 1/3"600 mmLightingInfraredAngle of visionHorizontalVertical70 o65 o65∞765 mm70∞600 mmOrientation10 o1700 mm1680 mm840 mm66

Cod. 9640008TCB-050GENERIC COLOUR VIDEO UNIT, TWISTED PAIRColour video unit with 1/4" CCD sensor, and video output fortwisted pair. Ability to control directly, in installations with severalpoints of entry, the video signal from the different points ofentry, without the need for video selectors.The video unit consists of a protective, polycarbonate frontscreen, white LED auxiliary lighting for night vision, automaticwhite balance setting, and multidirectional control of the angle ofvision - up to 10° (1). In addition, it includes plug type connectionterminals with lift-up type connections to facilitate and guaranteecorrect connection of the twisted pair (2) and a shortlength of cable (3) for connection with the the electronic audiounit with confidentiality feature of the entrance panel.312The electronic circuit is protected against short circuits.Description of terminals and technical characteristics:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALS INACTIVE WORKING19Made in Spaincod. 9640008Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °CT1+ , T1- Video signal to the monitorsT2+ , T2- Video signal installationswith several points of entry19Alimentation and video unit controlPower supplyOutput impedance(T1+, T1-)Video outputlevel120 ΩThrough audio unit0.5 Vpp (120 Ω)AREA OF VISION OF THE VIDEO UNITStandardTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICSPALVERTICAL600 mmHORIZONTALImage sensorColour CCD 1/4”LightingWhite leds65∞765 mm70∞600 mmAngle of visionOrientationHorizontalVertical70 o65 o10 o1700 mm1680 mm840 mm67

Cod. 9640012TCB-210B/W VIDEO UNIT, COAXIAL, FOR TV DOOR ENTRYSYSTEMBlack and white video unit with 1/3" CCD sensor, and output inCCIR composite video for 75 Ω coaxial cable. For use in standardTV door entry system installations.The video unit consists of a protective, polycarbonate front screen,infrared LED auxiliary lighting for night vision, electronic autoiris,multidirectional control of the angle of vision - up to 10° (1).15Vdc external power supply. In addition, it includes plug type connectionterminals with lift-up type connections to facilitate and guaranteecorrect connection of the coaxial cable (2).The electronic circuit is protected against short circuits.12Description of terminals and technical characteristics:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALSVALUES+ , -15 VV1 M15V+ , -V1 , MPower supply voltageVideo signal to the modulatorV1, M1 Vpp ±0.1 (75 Ω)Made in SpainTCB-210cod. 9640012Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °CTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICSStandardCCIRAREA OF VISION OF THE VIDEO UNITImage sensorB/W CCD 1/3"VERTICALHORIZONTALLightingInfrared600 mmAngle of visionHorizontalVertical70 o65 oOrientation10 o65∞765 mm70∞600 mm1700 mm1680 mm840 mm68

ENTRANCE PANEL LOWER MODULES212121The lower modules, made with an aluminium profile, incorporatestainless steel pushbuttons which serve to communicatewith the dwellings (1). They also contain card-holders to identifyeach pushbutton (2) and lights to illuminate the card-holders.They are divided into single, double and configurablemodules, depending on the distribution of the pushbuttons.ENTRANCE PANEL LOWER MODULES WITH SINGLE PUSHBUTTONSB mm (depending on the model)128 mm12 mmModules with pushbuttons arranged in a single column. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and withrings for hanging in the flush-mounted box (1).Available with from 1 to 16 levels or rows of pushbuttons, allowing the configuration of entrance panelswith up to 16 call pushbuttons.Cod. 9660014MPS-001Entrance panel module with 1 single pushbutton.Total No. of pushbuttons: 1Dimensions 128 mm x 68.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660015MPS-002Entrance panel module with 2 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 2Dimensions 128 mm x 68.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660000MPS-003Entrance panel module with 3 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 3Dimensions 128 mm x 116.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660006MPS-009Entrance panel module with 9 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 9Dimensions 128 mm x 260.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660007MPS-010Entrance panel module with 10 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 10Dimensions 128 mm x 260.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660008MPS-011Entrance panel module with 11 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 11Dimensions 128 mm x 308.5 mm x 12 mm1Cod. 9660001MPS-004Entrance panel module with 4 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 4Dimensions 128 mm x 116,5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660002MPS-005Entrance panel module with 5 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons:, 5Dimensions 128 mm x 164.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660003MPS-006Entrance panel module with 6 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 6Dimensions 128 mm x 164.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660004MPS-007Entrance panel module with 7 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 7Dimensions 128 mm x 212.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660005MPS-008Entrance panel module with 8 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 8Dimensions 128 mm x 212.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660009MPS-012Entrance panel module with 12 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 12Dimensions 128 mm x 308.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660010MPS-013Entrance panel module with 13 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 13Dimensions 128 mm x 356.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660011MPS-014Entrance panel module with 14 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 14Dimensions 128 mm x 356.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660012MPS-015Entrance panel module with 15 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 15Dimensions 128 mm x 404.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660013MPS-016Entrance panel module with 16 single pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 16Dimensions 128 mm x 404.5 mm x 12 mm69

ENTRANCE PANEL LOWER MODULES WITH DOUBLE PUSHBUTTONSB mm (depending on the model)128 mm12 mmModules with pushbuttons arranged in a double column. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and withrings (1) for hanging in the flush-mounted box.Available with from 1 to 16 levels or rows of pushbuttons, allowing the configuration of entrance panels withup to 32 call pushbuttons.Cod. 9660048MPD-001Entrance panel module with 1 double pushbutton.Total No. of pushbuttons: 2Dimensions 128 mm x 68.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660049MPD-002Entrance panel module with 2 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 4Dimensions 128 mm x 68.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660057MPD-010Entrance panel module with 10 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 20Dimensions 128 mm x 260.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660058MPD-011Entrance panel module with 11 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 22Dimensions 128 mm x 308.5 mm x 12 mm1Cod. 9660050MPD-003Entrance panel module with 3 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 6Dimensions 128 mm x 116.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660051MPD-004Entrance panel module with 4 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 8Dimensions 128 mm x 116.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660052MPD-005Entrance panel module with 5 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 10Dimensions 128 mm x 164.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660053MPD-006Entrance panel module with 6 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 12Dimensions 128 mm x 164.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660054MPD-007Entrance panel module with 7 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 14Dimensions 128 mm x 212.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660055MPD-008Entrance panel module with 8 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 16Dimensions 128 mm x 212.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660056MPD-009Entrance panel module with 9 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 18Dimensions 128 mm x 260.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660059MPD-012Entrance panel module with 12 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 24Dimensions 128 mm x 308.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660060MPD-013Entrance panel module with 13 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 26Dimensions 128 mm x 356.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660061MPD-014Entrance panel module with 14 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 28Dimensions 128 mm x 356.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660062MPD-015Entrance panel module with 15 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 30Dimensions 128 mm x 404.5 mm x 12 mmCod. 9660063MPD-016Entrance panel module with 16 double pushbuttons.Total No. of pushbuttons: 32Dimensions 128 mm x 404.5 mm x 12 mm70

LOWER ENTRANCE PANEL MODULES WITH CONFIGURABLE PUSHBUTTONSModules with configurable pushbuttons. The distribution of the pushbuttons is defined by the user in view of specific requirements of theinstallation. These modules are extremely useful when the distribution of dwellings within a building is not homogeneous. This irregular distributioncan be reflected on the entrance panel. Fitted with rubber strips for water-tightness and with rings for fitting inside the flush-mountedbox.Note: For information on how to order entrance panel modules with configurable pushbuttons, see the ALCAD website (www.alcad.net).B mm (depending on rows of pushbuttons)128 mmCod. 9660064MPD-900Configurable entrance panel module with from1 to 8 levels or rows of pushbuttons.Dimensions: Varies with the number of levels orrows of pushbuttons.Cod. 9660065MPD-901Configurable entrance panel module with from9 to 16 levels or rows of pushbuttons.Dimensions: Varies with the number of levels orrows of pushbuttons.12 mm128 mmCod. 9660016MKD-900Configurable entrance panel module with from1 to 4 levels or rows of pushbuttons and keypadfor access control.Dimensions Varies with the number of levels orrows of pushbuttons.From 1 to 2 rows of pushbuttons: 128 mm x164.5 mm x 12 mmFrom 3 to 4 rows of pushbuttons: 128 mm x212.5 mm x 12 mmB mm (depending on the configuration)1 2 34 5 67 8 9C 012 mm71

CONCIERGE SYSTEMIn electronic door entry installations with concierge system, as well as selecting the appropriate upper modulefor the entrance panel of the installation (see the table on page 50), you will need a special panel and aspecial telephone for the concierge unit. These will enable you, wherever you decide to install them, to receiveand manage all calls made to the dwellings.Concierge panelConcierge telephoneCONCIERGE UNIT PANEL12The concierge unit panel consists of two modules. These modules constitute the upper part (1) and lower part(2) of the concierge unit to be installed. Any configuration of the concierge unit panel can be achieved by thedifferent combinations available. Several concierge unit panels can be connected side by side to obtain thedesired number of pushbuttons.The choice of the upper and lower modules, as well as the number of entrance panels required , will determinethe final size of the panel and, consequently, the dimensions and the number of flush-mounted or surfacewall-mounted boxes to be used. See chapter 3 “Entrance panels: dimensions and accessories”.CONCIERGE UNIT PANEL UPPER MODULESThese modules, manufactured with an aluminium profile, incorporate the audio unit and the card-holder, or neither of these.Two TORX tamper-proof screws are provided with the upper modules. These replace the standard screws of the entrance panelcover frame and prevent unauthorised persons from tampering with the panel.The following pages describe each of the upper modules of the concierge unit panel.CONCIERGE UNIT PANEL SINGLE UPPER MODULESSINGLE MODULES WITH AUDIO UNIT78.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670117MAN-460ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH GRF-206CONCIERGE AUDIO UNITModule which houses the electronic audio unit, for conciergeinstallations, model GRF-206 (1). Fitted with rubber strips forwater-tightness and with rings (2) for hanging in the flush-mountedbox.2172

SINGLE MODULES WITH CARD-HOLDER78.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670018MTN-000ENTRANCE PANEL MODULE WITH CARD-HOLDERModule which houses an informative card-holder (1) of 76.5mmx 43.5mm made from polycarbonate. Used in installations, generallywith several entrance panels, when it is necessary to displayinformation of interest on one of these panels. Fitted with rubberstrips for water-tightness and with rings (2) for hanging in the flushmountedbox.21SINGLE BLANK MODULES78.5 mm128 mm12 mmCod. 9670021 MLN-000BLANK ENTRANCE PANEL MODULEBlank module which does not house any element in its interior.Used in installations, generally with several entrance panels, whensome of the panels do not contain any elements at all (i.e. no audiounit, no video unit and no card-holder). Fitted with rubber strips forwater-tightness and with rings (1) for hanging in the flush-mountedbox.1AUDIO UNITS IN CONCIERGE UNIT PANELTechnical data related to the audio unit which can be incorporated in the upper module is presented below.21Cod. 9610032GRF-206CONCIERGE SYSTEM ELECTRONICAUDIO UNITAudio unit with built-in microprocessor for theconcierge unit panel.Conventional 4+N connection system.Generation of electronic call with acoustic confirmation.The audio unit incorporates a microphone, aloudspeaker, a pushbutton to illuminate the cardholdersof the concierge panel (1), a red light whichindicates when the panel is disabled (2), and volumecontrols both for the panel (3) and for telephones(4) and jumper for precision adjustment ofsound level (5).The unit also includes lift-up type connection terminalsto ensure correct connectionThe electronic circuit is protected against shortcircuits.Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °C73

Description of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALSCONCIERGE DEACTIVATEDAT RESTWORKINGAT RESTCONCIERGE ACTIVATEDWORKINGV , 12 VJ1GRF-206cod. 9610032Made in Spain3 4J212V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18205V , Power supply voltage1 , 2 Concierge lock release3 , 2 Telephones microphone4 , 2 Telephones loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal9 , 10 Panel lighting13 , 15 Concierge (control signal)14 , 15 Concierge17 , 18 Several points of entry20 Concierge connector1 , 23 , 24 , 27 , 29 , 108 V0 V0 V5 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 VppAudio max. 7.0 Vpp14.5 V12 V8 V0 V5.6 - 6.6 VAudio max. 4 Vpp0 V Audio max. 7.0 Vpp0 VTone max. 10.5 Vpp14.5 V12 VJ2Precision adjustmentof sound level13 , 1514 , 150 V0 V9 VTone max. 7.0 Vpp9 V17 , 180 V 8 V0 V8 VCONCIERGE UNIT PANEL LOWER MODULESThe lower modules are the same ones used for the entrance panels with pushbuttons.Selecting the lower module:Remember that the concierge unit panel must be installed in parallel with the telephone for concierge system. You must thereforekeep the dimensions of the telephone for concierge system in mind when selecting the lower module of the concierge unit panel.See the technical data concerning the lower modules on page 69.74

OFFONTELEPHONES FOR CONCIERGE SYSTEM128 mmTelephones manufactured in ABS plastic, on a panel manufactured with an aluminium profile.Designed to be mounted in parallel with the concierge unit panel.Equipped with a key to activate the concierge unit (1), a light which indicates that the concierge unitis activated (2), a switch for connecting the audio of the concierge unit to with the dwellings or with theentrance panel (3), and a pushbutton for transferring calls from the main entrance panel to the dwellings(4). A lock-release button (5) is located on one side of the phone, allowing the user to open the entrydoor without having to pick up the receiver.Available in several models depending on the dimensions of the panel.Choosing a telephone for the concierge systemThe choice of a concierge telephone is determined by the dimensions of the concierge unit panel,which in turn is determined by the number of dwellings in the installation.You should therefore select a concierge telephone whose panel dimensions are the same as the conciergeunit panel which will be installed in parallel.B mm (depending on the model)1523462.6 mmOperating temperature +5 to + 55 °CCod. 9680001COA-010Telephone for concierge system to be installed in parallel with a concierge unit panel composed of asingle concierge unit panel upper module and an MPS-009, MPD-009, MPS-010 or MPD-010 lowermodule.Dimensions: 128 mm x 339 mm x 12 mmCod. 9680002 COA-012Telephone for concierge system to be installed in parallel with a concierge unit panel composed of asingle concierge unit panel upper module and an MPS-011, MPD-011, MPS-012 or MPD-012 lowermodule.Dimensions: 128 mm x 387 mm x 12 mmCod. 9680003 COA-014Telephone for concierge system to be installed in parallel with a concierge unit panel composed of asingle concierge unit panel upper module and an MPS-013, MPD-013, MPS-014 or MPD-014 lowermodule.Dimensions: 128 mm x 435 mm x 12 mmCod. 9680004 COA-016Telephone for concierge system to be installed in parallel with a concierge unit panel composed of asingle concierge unit panel upper module and an MPS-015, MPD-015, MPS-016 or MPD-016 lowermodule.Dimensions: 128 mm x 483 mm x 12 mm75

ARRIBAUPHAUTDescription of terminals and typical voltages depending on the condition of the equipment:Note: The voltages shown are reference values provided for the testing of the equipment and are intended for use exclusivelywith ALCAD audio units. Do not use the terminals of the equipment to supply power to additional devices without previously consultingthe manufacturer.CC11 2 3 4 21 14 13CC21 , 23 , 24 , 221 , 214 , 213 , 2CC1CC2Telephones lock releaseTelephones microphoneTelephones loudspeakerEntrance panel lock releaseElectronic callConcierge (control signal)Concierge audio unit key connector(pre-wired)Concierge audio unit connectorTERMINALS1 , 23 , 24 , 221 , 2CONCIERGE DEACTIVATEDAT REST5 V8 V0 VWORKING0 V5.6 - 6.6 V4 Vpp0 VppAT REST8 VCONCIERGE ACTIVATEDWORKING5 V 0 V5.6 - 6.6 V4 Vpp0 V 0 Vpp5 V 0 V5 V 0 V14 , 20 V7.0 Vpp9 V13, 20 V9 VACCESSORIES FOR ENTRANCE PANELS.ACCESSORIES FOR CONCIERGE SYSTEMSFLUSH-MOUNTED BOXESB mm (depending on the model)114 mm45 mmFlush-mounted boxes are used to fix the entrance panel or the concierge unit in the desired place insuch a way the the panel or the concierge unit is flush with the wall.Flush-mounted boxes have protection plugs (1); support axles to tilt (2); and diverse points throughwhich the cable hoses can be passed (3). They have lateral walls (4), which facilitates the connectionof several flush-mounted boxes (to install panels in parallel). In this case, CEM-001 separators must beused.Selecting the flush-mounted box:The choice of flush-mounted box will be determined by thedimensions of the panel to be installed.In the Chapter 3 “Entrance panels: dimensions andaccessories”, you will find a table showing which model offlush-mounted box you should use with which entrance panelor concierge system.1243SEPARATOR FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX76Cod. 9740004 CEM-001SET OF SEPARATORS FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXESElements which permit the assembly of several flush-mounted boxes. Usedwhen several panels are installed in parallel, they ensure the necessary separationbetween boxes in such a way that the panels remain correctly aligned. Oneset of separators is required for each pair of flush-mounted boxes.Note: Bear in mind that for each set of separators used, the width of the wallcavity must be increased by 15mm.

ARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUT243 mm372 mm15 mm15 mm15 mm114 mm114 mm 114 mm114 mm 114 mm114 mm15 mmWidthflush mounted boxEnlarge for eachset of separators2 flush-mounted boxes in parallel3 flush-mounted boxes in parallelSURFACE WALL-MOUNTED BOXESSurface wall-mounted boxes are used to fix the entrance panel or concierge unit panel in the desired place by installing the panelon the surface of the wall. They are used when the wall is made from a material that is difficult to work with, such as marble or granite.To install several surface wall-mounted boxes (for several panels in parallel), it is recommended that CSU-000 separators be used.Also available are angular models of surface wall-mounted boxes, which allow the entrance panel to be fixed at an angle. Theangular models are useful when the place of the installation of the entrance panel is difficult to access, for example, behind a fence,or when the video door entry system requires a better orientation of the video unit.SURFACE WALL-MOUNTED BOXESSINGLE SURFACE WALL-MOUNTEDBOXESB mm (función del modelo)128 mm40 mmSEPARATORS FOR SURFACE WALL-MOUNTED BOXESCod. 9740172 CSU-000SET OF SEPARATORS FOR SURFACE WALL-MOUNTED BOXESElements which permit the assembly of several surface wall-mounted boxes (excludingangular models), making it easy to fix the boxes in the desired place. One setof separators is required for each pair of surface wall-mounted boxes.ANGULAR WALL-MOUNTED BOXESSINGLE ANGULAR WALL-MOUNTED BOXES128 mmB mm (depending on the model)Selecting the surface wall-mounted box:The choice of surface wall-mounted box will be determined by the dimensions of the entrance panel to be installed.In the Chapter 3 “Entrance panels: dimensions and accessories”, you will find a table showing which model of surface wallmountedbox you should use with the panel.77

RAIN-SHIELDSRain-shield provides additional protection against hostile atmospheric conditions, such as rain, snow, etc.Available in two models: rain-shields for flush-mounted box and rain-shields for surface wall-mounted box, depending on whichelement is to be used to fix the entrance panel.Within each group, rain-shields are divided into single, double or triple models: a single rain-shield protects a single entrancepanel, a double rain-shield protects two entrance panels in parallel, a triple rain-shield protects three entrance panels in parallel.RAIN SHIELDS FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXSINGLE RAIN-SHIELDS171 mmDOUBLE RAIN-SHIELDS299 mmTRIPLE RAIN-SHIELDS427 mmB mm (depending on the model)B mm (depending on the model)B mm (depending on the model)60 mm 60 mm60 mmRAIN SHIELDS FOR SURFACE WALL-MOUNTED BOXSINGLE RAIN-SHIELDS156 mmDOUBLE RAIN-SHIELDS284 mmTRIPLE RAIN-SHIELDS412 mmB mm (depending on the model)B mm (depending on the model)B mm (depending on the model)82 mm82 mm82 mmSelecting the rain-shield:The choice of rain-shield will be determined by the dimensions of the entrance panel to be installed.In the Chapter 3 “Entrance panels: dimensions and accessories”, you will find a table showing which model of rain-shield youshould use with the panel.78

COVER FRAMES FOR ENTRANCE PANELFrames manufactured in aluminium. They are used mainly in refurbishing or repair work, when the old entrance panel has to bereplaced by a new but smaller panel. These frames are also useful in installations where the wall on which the entrance panel is tobe located, is uneven or out of true. The frame can either be fixed to the flush-mounted box of the installation or fixed directly to thewall itself. In the latter case, the possibility exists of ordering the frame ready for attachment to the wall.Frames are divided into single, double or triple frames for fitting either one panel (cover frame for single panel), two entrancepanels in parallel (cover frame for double panel) or three entrance panels in parallel (cover frame for triple panel).The frames do not have standard dimensions. It is the user who must define the exact dimensions according to the characteristicsof the installation.Note: Consult the ALCAD web site (www.alcad.net) to learn how to order cover frames for entrance panel.Cod. 9740047MAR-900COVER FRAME FOR SINGLE PANEL3 mmCod. 9740016MAR-901COVER FRAME FOR DOUBLE PANEL3 mmCod. 9740017MAR-902COVER FRAME FOR TRIPLE PANEL3 mm79

ACCESSORIESELECTRIC LOCK31.8 mm25.2 mmCod. 9730000ABR-001STANDARD ELECTRIC LOCK53 mm67 mm159 mmDevice which permits the opening of the door when the 12 Vacvoltage provided by the audio unit is received. The deviceremains activated as long as the lock release button of the telephone/monitorin the dwelling is pressed.39 mmPower supply: 12 Vac, 800 mA3 mm31.8 mm25.2 mmCod. 9730001ABR-002STANDARD ELECTRIC LOCK WITH MANUALRELEASE39 mm 67 mm 53 mm1159 mmOf the same characteristics as the standard electric lock, modelABR-001, it includes a mechanism of manual release (1), so thatvisitors can enter the building freely without the lock release buttonhaving first to be activated from a dwelling. Useful in officesor other places where there is a constant flow of visitors at certaintimes of the day.3 mmPower supply: 12 Vac, 800 mA31.8 mm39 mm 67 mm 53 mm25.2 mm159 mmCod. 9730002ABR-003AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC LOCK (ACTIVATION BYELECTRICAL IMPULSE)Device which permits the opening of the door when the 12 Vacvoltage provided by the audio unit is received. Once the lockrelease button is pushed, the device remains activated while waitingfor the visitor to open the door. The electric lock blocks whenthe closure of the door has been detected.3 mmPower supply: 12 Vac, 800 mA31.8 mm39 mm 67 mm 53 mm125.2 mm159 mmCod. 9730003ABR-004AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC LOCK (ACTIVATION BYELECTRICAL IMPULSE) WITH MANUAL RELEASEOf the same characteristics as the automatic electric lock,model ABR-003, this model includes a manual release mechanism,so that visitors can enter the building freely without the lockrelease button first having to be activated from a dwelling. Usefulin offices or other places where there is a constant flow of visitorsat certain times of the day.3 mmPower supply: 12 Vac, 800 mA80

25 mmCod. 9730033 ESC-010LONG SHIELD FOR ELECTRIC LOCKDevice which allows previous models of electric lock to beadapted so that they can be used together with a lock with key.Electric lock250 mmDeadbolt lockCod. 9730004 CNP-001DOOR CONTACTAccessory (1) used in conjunction with an electric lock (2) to allow the opening of a double door.13.2 mm20 mm13.2 mm8.8 mmWall1Door62.4 mm32 mm62.4 mm32 mmDouble door2Electric lock4.5 mm4.5 mmDoor contact - MaleDoor contact - FemaleDoor contact(male)Door contact(Female)81

ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIESCALL EXTENSION UNITSAccessories which reproduce the call tone, thereby alerting the user that a callhas been received from the entrance panel.They are usually installed in parallel with another telephone or monitor so thatthe call tone can be heard in a different part of the dwelling.UP TO 3 DEVICES PER DWELLINGWITH THE SAME CALLNumber of devices per dwelling:In ALCAD installations, it is possible to install up to 3 devices (devices are telephones,monitors or call extension units) in parallel in each dwelling, so that allthree receive the call at the same time. The following table shows the possiblecombinations.ELECTRONIC CALL12112211 12150 mmCod. 9730019AAL-20030 mmELECTRONIC CALL EXTENSION UNIT75 mmRepeater which reproduces the electronic call tone. Ithas an on/off switch (1) on its side as well as a volumecontrol (2).Compatible with ALCAD door entry and video doorentry systems with electronic call and with the door entrysystems with electronic call of other manufacturers, asshown in the following compatibility table.1Positionwhen onPositionwhen offCOMPATIBILITY TABLEMODELALCAD AAL-200 2 5AUTA TF92 (electronic)FERMAX 2044, 20440, 21100FRINGEGOLMAR T-800RITTO ELEGANT 40518STR NH205TEGUI HORIZON (electronic)4 123 41 43 013 14O S2 1Description of terminals and voltages:Note: The voltages shown are reference values provided for the testing of the equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.5, 2Electronic callTERMINALS5, 2AT RESTWORKINGTone max7/10.5 VppS2 S52 5282

BUZZING CALL50 mmCód. 9730020AAL-210BUZZING CALL EXTENSION UNIT30 mm75 mmRepeater which reproduces the buzzing call tone. It has anon/off switch (1) on its side.Compatible with ALCAD door entry and video door entrysystems with buzzing call and with the door entry systems withbuzzing call of other manufacturers, as shown in the followingcompatibility table.1Positionwhen onPositionwhen offCOMPATIBILITY TABLEMODELALCAD AAL-210 2 6ATEAAUTELCOBOGENBPTCENTRAMATICCITESACITOVOXELVOX31341C9952635BT+MODELALCAD AAL-210 2 6ATEAAUTELCOBOGENBPTCENTRAMATICCITESACITOVOXELVOX31341C9952635BT+MODELALCAD AAL-210 2 6ATEAAUTELCOBOGENBPTCENTRAMATICCITESACITOVOXELVOX31341C9952635BT+Description of terminals and voltages:Note: The voltages shown are reference values provided for the testing of the equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.6, 2Buzzing callTERMINALS6, 2AT RESTWORKING12 V2 683

SWITCH-SELECTOR ACCESSORIESAccessories with which to operate additional devices via a control signal.Available in two models. The choice of model is determined by the control signal required and by the maximum voltages which theaccessory is capable of handling.40 mm88 mmASC-001cod. 9730023V Ctrl NC1 NC2 NO1 NO2 C1 C221 mmCod. 9730023ASC-001SWITCH-SELECTOR ACCESSORYControl signal: alternating current (4-12Vac) or direct current (3-15Vdc).Maximum values of voltage and current: IA - 24Vac/Vdc.Incorporates double-circuit relay and plug-in terminals for the connection ofadditional devices which the user wishes to control.Applications: opening of a second door, etc.Description of terminalsASC-001cod. 9730023V Ctrl NC1 NC2 NO1 NO2 C1 C2V ,Ctrl,Circuit 1C1NO1NC1Circuit 2C2NO2NC2Power supplyControl signal of circuits 1 and 2CommonNormally open contactNormally closed contactCommonNormally open contactNormally closed contactState of contacts depending on activation signalImportant:Maximum values of circuits 1 and 2: 1A - 24V /STATE OF THE CONTACTSACTIVATION BY DIRECT CURRENT (DC)TERMINALSAT RESTWORKING3 - 11 V 11 - 15 V CIRCUIT 1C1, NO1VCtrlVCtrlC1, NC115 V12 VC2, NO2CIRCUIT 23 - 11 V11 - 15 VC2, NC2STATE OF THE CONTACTSACTIVATION BY ALTERNATING CURRENT (AC)TERMINALSAT RESTWORKING4 - 8 V 8 - 12 V CIRCUIT 1C1, NO1VCtrlVCtrlC1, NC115 V12 VC2, NO2CIRCUIT 2844 - 8 V8 - 12 VC2, NC2

Ctrl15A / 250V~40 mmS2 S52 588 mm6ASC-050cod. 9730021Ctrl2 C NO NC21 mmCod. 9730021ASC-050SWITCH-SELECTOR ACCESSORYControl signal: electronic call (ALCAD systems), buzzing call (ALCADsystems), alternating current (8-12Vac) or direct current (5-15Vdc).Maximum values of voltage and current: 5A - 250Vac.Incorporates single-circuit relay and plug-in terminals for the connection ofadditional devices which the user wishes to control.Applications: activation of devices with power supply of up to 250Vac (bells,sirens, lights, etc.).Description of terminalsASC-050cod. 9730021Ctrl15, 2Ctrl26, 2Control signal 1Electronic call (conventional door entry system)Control signal 2Buzzing call (conventional door entry system)5A / 250V~S2 S52 5Ctrl16Ctrl2 C NO NCCircuit 1CNONCCommonNormally open contactNormally closed contactState of contacts depending on activation signalImportant:Maximum values of the control circuit : 5A-250VC, NOElectroniccallBuzzingcallC, NC5 - 10 V 11 - 15 VC, NO5 - 10 V 11 - 15 VC, NCC, NO8 - 12 VC, NC85

cod.9730006AC11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12DC12COMMON DOOR ACCESSORIESDevices which allow the same electric lock to be activated from several entrance panels or system with separate power supplies. Tobe used in installations in which the power supplies of the entrance panel audio units or of the systems which activate the common electriclock are separate.230 V V230 V V230 V V1 2 34 5 67 89C 0Electric lock signalElectric lock signalElectric lock signalAPC-001Electric lock signalCommon dooraccessoryElectric lock signalCommon electric lock40 mm88 mmAPC-001cod.9730006AC12 12 12 11 1211 1211 11 1121 mmDC12Cod. 9730006APC-001COMMON DOOR ACCESSORYAccessory which makes it possible to concentrate the electric lock signal from as many as 4 separateentrance panels or systems. Several accessories can be connected to each other, thereby allowingthe signal from a greater number of entrance panels or systems to be concentrated.It incorporates an internal adjustment system so that DC electric locks can be activated by AC locksignals.Suitable dimensions for fitting in the flush-mounted box or in the surface wall-mounted box of theentrance panel.Description of terminals and voltages:Note: The voltages shown here are reference values provided for testing of equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.TERMINALS AT REST WORKINGcod.973000612 , 11Electric lock activation signals12, 1112, 110 V /0 V12 V /15 VAC 12 , 11DC 12 , 11AC electric lockDC electric lockAC12, 11DC12, 110 V0 V12 V15 V86

Made in SpainCALL ADAPTER ACCESSORIES40 mm88 mmCod.9730005AAL-001IN OUTV V 2 7 8 16 1721 mmCod. 9730005AAL-001CALL ADAPTER ACCESSORYDevice which complements the GRF-203 electronic audio unit for installations with several points ofentry with buzzing call. Capable of converting an electronic call to a buzzing call.Of suitable dimensions for fixing inside the flush-mounted box or surface wall-mounted box of theentrance panel.Description of terminals and voltages:Note: The voltages shown are reference values provided for the testing of the equipment and are intended for use exclusivelywith ALCAD audio units. Do not use the terminals of the equipment to supply power to additional devices without previously consultingthe manufacturer.TERMINALS AT REST WORKINGAAL-001Cod.9730005IN OUTV V 2 7 8 16 17Made in SpainV,7 , 28 , 216 , 217 , 2Power supply voltageCommon push button terminal(electronic call)Common push button terminal(buzzing call)EstateSeveral points of entryIN , V12 VOUT , V12 V7, 2 14.5 V 10.5 Vpp8, 26 V 12 V16, 2 0 V 4 VELECTRONIC MODULES17, 2 0 V 8 VElements necessary for carrying out certain installations of electronic door entry or video door entry systems.ELECTRONIC MODULES FOR INTERNAL COMMUNICATION INSTALLATIONS90 mm175 mm230 V I2 I11160 mmCod. 9650001CGI-001CONTROL EQUIPMENT FOR INSTALLATIONS WITH INTERNAL COMMUNI-CATIONUnit responsible for managing internal communication system between the TIN-001 telephonesfor internal communication. Equipped with a LED to indicate that the unit is in use (1). If ashort-circuit occurs in the internal communication BUS, the LED will blink continuously, ceasing todo so when the short-circuit has been eliminated. 10-unit DIN rail format for wall or rail mounting.Only one unit is required for each installation with internal communication (for up to 16 telephonesfor internal communication).The electronic circuit is protected against short-circuits.Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and voltages:Note: The voltages shown are reference values provided for the testing of the equipment. Do not use the terminals of the equipmentto supply power to additional devices without previously consulting the manufacturer.230 VI1, I2Mains voltageInternal communication BUSTERMINALS INACTIVE AT REST WORKING230 V230 V ±10% 50/60 Hz230 V I2 I1I1 , I210 - 12 V87

MODULATORS FOR TV DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSElements which generate an analogue TV channel from the video signal of the video door entry video unit for coaxial cable andthen distribute this channel to the TV installation of the dwellings. Compatible with the TV standards of several countries.Equipped with DC outlet to power the B/W video unit (coaxial) for TV door entry system, model TCB-210. Wall-mounting.Available in two models, depending on the TV channels (i.e. frequencies) they can generate.70 mm111 mm42 mm230V~ ±10%50-60HzDC OUT : 15V0.2 A965 SERIESMODULATORCod. 9650007MDA-300MULTISTANDARD BIII MODULATOR WITH DC OUTPUT TO FEED VIDEOUNIT WITH EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLYModulator which can generate any TV channel situated between 174 MHZ and 302MHz fromthe video signal of the video unit. Compatible with the following television standards: B CCIR,B ITALY, D OIRT, D POLAND, I IRELAND and I SOUTH AFRICA.Incorporates micro-switches for selecting the TV output channel and TV standard (1) and a levelcontrol for the output channel (2).Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and technical characteristicsTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICSStandardB CCIRB ITALYD OIRTD POLANDI IRELANDI SOUTH AFRICAVideo signal inputFrequency range174 - 302 MHz1SW1DC output voltageTV channel outputVideo input connectionF FEMALE2TV output connectionF FEMALEVideo input level0.7 - 1.4 Vpp (75 Ω)ModulationDSBOutput level86 dBµV ± 2.0Output level adjust20 dBCarrier/Noise ratio (C/N)>58 dBMains voltage230 V ±10% 50/60 Hz15 V 0.2 A88

70 mm111 mm42 mm230V~ ±10%50-60HzDC OUT : 15V0.2 A965 SERIESMODULATORCod. 9650009MDA-400MULTISTANDARD BIII MODULATOR WITH DC OUTPUT TO FEED VIDEOUNIT WITH EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLYModulator which can generate any TV channel situated between 470 MHZ and 862 MHzfrom the video signal of the video unit. Compatible with the following television standards:G CCIR, G ITALY, K OIRT, K POLAND, I UK, I IRELAND, I SOUTH AFRICA and L FRANCE.Incorporates micro-switches for selecting the TV output channel and TV standard (1) and a levelcontrol for the output channel (2).Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and technical characteristicsTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICSVideo signal inputStandardG CCIRG ITALYK OIRTK POLANDI UKI IRELANDI SOUTH AFRICAL FRANCE1DC output voltageFrequency range470 - 862 MHzSW1TV channel outputVideo input connectionF FEMALE2TV output connectionF FEMALEVideo input level0.7 - 1.4 Vpp (75 Ω)ModulationDSBOutput level86 dBµV ± 2.0Output level adjust15 dBCarrier/Noise ratio (C/N)>58 dBMains voltage230 V ±10% 50/60 Hz15 V 0.2 A89

POWER SUPPLY UNITSElements which supply power to the equipment used in the electronic door entry or video door entry installation.DIN rail format. For wall or DIN rail mounting.All the power supply units include a terminals cover to protect the connection terminals (1). The connection terminals are lift-uptype to ensure correct connection.Power supply units are protected against short circuits.1 1Wall-mountingMounting on DIN railChoosing power supply unitsThe correct choice of power supply units is determined by the type of installation (i.e. whether door entry or video door entry installation)as well as by the type of electric lock which is going to be used.See the diagram corresponding to the installation you wish to perform and identify the power supply units you need in Chapter6, "Diagrams".90 mm230 V V106 mmCod. 9620001ALA-040AC POWER SUPPLY UNIT, 25 VA 230/240VACHigh capacity power supply unit with AC output(12Vac).DIN rail format (6 units).60 mmOperating temperature -10 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and technical characteristicsTERMINALSTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS230 VMains voltage230 V 230 V ±10% 50/60 Hz230 V VV,Output voltage (AC)V , 12 VOutput power25 VA90

90 mm230 V V106 mmCod. 9620002ALA-020AC KIT POWER SUPPLY UNIT, 16 VA 230/240VACPower supply unit for installations of door entrysystem kits with AC output (12Vac).DIN rail format (6 units).60 mmOperating temperature -10 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and technical characteristicsTERMINALSTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS230 VMains voltage230 V 230 V ±10% 50/60 Hz230 V VV,Output voltage (AC)V , 12 VOutput power16 VA90 mm230 V V106 mm60 mmCod. 9620011ALM-040AC-DC POWER SUPPLY UNIT, 25 VA 230/240VACHigh capacity power supply unit with independentAC (12Vac) and DC (15Vdc) outputs.DIN rail format (6 units).Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and technical characteristicsTERMINALSTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS230 VV ,Mains voltageOutput voltage (AC)230 V 230 V ±10% 50/60 HzV , 12 V230 V V,Output voltage (DC)+ , -15 VOutput power25 VA91

90 mm230 V V106 mm60 mmCod. 9620006ALM-041AC-DC KIT POWER SUPPLY, 25 VA 230/240VACPower supply unit for installations of video doorentry system kits with independent AC (12Vac, 1A)and DC (15Vdc, 0.8A) outputs.DIN rail format (6 units).Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °CDescription of terminals and technical characteristicsTERMINALSTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS230 VMains voltage230 V 230 V ±10% 50/60 HzV ,Output voltage (AC)V , 12 V1 A230 V V,Output voltage (DC)+ , -15 V0.8 AOutput power25 VA90 mm175 mmNCNO230 V 11C Ctrl V60 mmCod. 9620013ALM-080AC/DC POWER SUPPLY UNIT, AC 25 VA + AC/DC 25 VA 230/240VACPower supply unit for installations with electriclock with high power consumption (12Vac and upto 2A).Has two separate AC (12Vac) outputs and oneDC (15Vdc) output.Incorporates a single-circuit relay for activationof the electric lock, with external activation byalternating current (8-12Vac) or by direct current(11-15Vdc).DIN 10-element rail format.Operating temperature -10 to + 55 °C92

Description of terminals and technical characteristics230 VV ,Mains voltageOutput voltage (AC)TERMINALSTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS,Output voltage (DC)230 V230/240 V ±10% (50/60 Hz), 11Output voltage (AC)+, - 15 V230 V 11NCNO C Ctrl VCircuitCtrl,CNONCControl signalCommonNormally open contactNormally closed contactV ,, 1112 V12 VMaximum output power25 VAState of contacts depending on activation signalSTATE OF THE CONTACTSACTIVATIONTERMINALSAT RESTWORKINGDirect current (DC)C NCNOCtrlAlternating current (AC)C NCNOCtrlC, NO11 - 15 V 8 - 12 VC, NC93

ARRIBAHAUTARRIBAHAUTARRIBAHAUTARRIBAHAUTARRIBAHAUT3ENTRANCE PANELS:DIMENSIONS AND ACCESSORIESENTRANCE PANELS WITH PUSHBUTTONSWith the right combination of upper and lower entrance panel modules, you can perform any kind of installation: of one or of severalpanels, and for one or for several points of entry.Depending on the model of lower module with pushbuttons and on the type of upper module (simple, double or triple) chosen, the heightof the entrance panel will vary, although the width will remain constant.The possible combinations of the different upper and lower panel modules are shown on the following pages. The dimensions of themounted panel are shown, as are those of the required flush-mounted or surface wall-mounted box in each case.Bear in mind that, when combining different entrance panels (i.e. panels in parallel), you will need to have as many flush-mounted boxesas panels, as well as the appropriate number of flush-mounted box separators. These separators will increase the stated width of eachflush-mounted box by 15mm. (For more information, see the technical information of the set of separators on page 76). When using surfacewall-mounted boxes, use a single surface wall-mounted box for each entrance panel. If required, use a set of separators for everytwo surface wall-mounted boxes. (See the technical information on the set of separators for surface wall-mounted boxes on page 77).Compact modulewith video unitFlush-mounted boxSurface wall-mounted boxCMO-002CSU-211Entrance panel lower module Entrance panel single upper module Flush-mounted box Surface wall-mounted boxMPD-002CMO-002CSU-211Entrance panel lower module Entrance panel double upper module Flush-mounted box Surface wall-mounted boxMPD-002CMO-004CSU-212Entrance panel lower module Entrance panel single upper module Flush-mounted box Surface wall-mounted boxMPD-002MPD-002CMO-002 x 2+CEM-001CSU-211 x 2+CSU-00095

ARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTEntrance panellower moduleEntrance panel upper moduleEntrancepanelFlush-mounted boxSingleCompact1-2 storeys68.5 mm128 mmMPS-001MPD-001MPS-002MPD-002SinglemoduleDoublemodule147 mm78.5 mm126.5 mm128 mm128 mmMVN-MDN-441 , 442443 , 444 , 445MMN-410 , 430441 , 451MCN-441MAN- MVN- MTN-128 mm410 , 430 301 , 302 000441 , 451, 460 004 , 005 , 201MLN-000MLT-000147 mm195 mm128 mm128 mm131 mm179 mmCMO-002114 mmCMO-004114 mmCMO-006Triplemodule174.5 mm243 mm227 mm128 mmMDT-441 , 442443 , 444445128 mm114 mmCMO-004Singlemodule78.5 mmMAN- MVN- MTN-128 mm410 , 430 301 , 302 000441 , 451, 460 004 , 005201MLN-000195 mm128 mm179 mm114 mmCMO-0063-4 storeys116.5 mm128 mmMPS-003MPD-003MPS-004MPD-004Doublemodule126.5 mm128 mmMDN-441 , 442443 , 444445MMN-410 , 430441 , 451MCN-441MLT-000243 mm128 mm227 mm114 mmCMO-008Triplemodule174.5 mm291 mm275 mm128 mmMDT-441 , 442443 , 444445128 mm114 mmCMO-006Singlemodule78.5 mmMAN- MVN- MTN-128 mm410 , 430 301 , 302 000441 , 451, 460 004 , 005201MLN-000243 mm128 mm227 mm114 mmCMO-0085-6 storeys164.5 mm128 mmMPS-005MPD-005MPS-006MPD-006Doublemodule126.5 mm128 mmMDN-441 , 442443 , 444445MMN-410 , 430441 , 451MCN-441MLT-000291 mm128 mm275 mm114 mmCMO-010Triplemodule174.5 mm339 mm323 mm96128 mmMDT-441 , 442443 , 444445128 mm114 mm

Rain-shield for flush-mounted boxSingle Double TripleSurface wall-mounted boxSingleRain-shield for surface wall-mounted boxSingle Double TripleAngular surfacewall-mounted boxVIS-111 VIS-121 VIS-131CSU-211VIS-211 VIS-221 VIS-231CSU-311147 mm128 mm128 mmCSU-212CSU-312195 mm128 mmCSU-213128 mm128 mmCSU-212195 mm128 mmCSU-213243 mm128 mmCSU-214291 mm243 mm243 mm128 mmCSU-214128 mm128 mmCSU-215339 mm291 mm188 mm140 mmCSU-313236 mm128 mmCSU-312188 mm128 mmCSU-313236 mm128 mmCSU-314284 mm128 mmCSU-313236 mm128 mmCSU-314284 mm128 mmCSU-315332 mm171.5 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm156 mm284 mm412 mmVIS-112 VIS-122 VIS-132219.5 mm171 mm 299 mm427 mmVIS-113 VIS-123 VIS-133267.5 mm171 mm 299 mm427 mmVIS-112 VIS-122 VIS-132219.5 mm171 mm 299 mm427 mmVIS-113 VIS-123 VIS-133267.5 mm171 mm 299 mm427 mmVIS-114 VIS-124 VIS-134315.5 mm171 mm 299 mm427 mmVIS-113 VIS-123 VIS-133267.5 mm171 mm 299 mm427 mmVIS-114 VIS-124 VIS-134315.5 mm171 mm 299 mm427 mmVIS-115 VIS-125 VIS-135363.5 mm160 mmVIS-212 VIS-222 VIS-232208 mm156 mm 284 mm412 mmVIS-213 VIS-223 VIS-233256 mm156 mm 284 mm412 mmVIS-212 VIS-222 VIS-232208 mm156 mm 284 mm412 mmVIS-213 VIS-223 VIS-233256 mm156 mm 284 mm412 mmVIS-214 VIS-224 VIS-234304 mmCSU-213156 mm 284 mm412 mmVIS-213 VIS-223 VIS-233256 mm156 mm 284 mm412 mmVIS-214 VIS-224 VIS-234156 mm 284 mm412 mmVIS-215 VIS-225 VIS-235352 mm304 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm284 mm412 mm128 mm97

ARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTEntrance panellower moduleEntrance panel upper moduleEntrancepanelFlush-mounted boxSingleCMO-008Singlemodule78.5 mm128 mmMAN- MVN-410 , 430 301 , 302441 , 451, 460 004 , 005201MTN-000MLN-000291 mm128 mm275 mm114 mmCMO-0107-8 storeys212.5 mmMPS-007MPS-008Doublemodule126.5 mm128 mmMDN-441 , 442443 , 444445MMN-410 , 430441 , 451MCN-441MLT-000339 mm323 mm128 mm128 mm114 mmCMO-012MPD-007MPD-008Triplemodule174.5 mm387 mm371 mm128 mmMDT-441 , 442443 , 444445128 mm114 mmCMO-010Singlemodule78.5 mm128 mmMAN- MVN-410 , 430 301 , 302441 , 451, 460 004 , 005201MTN-000MLN-000339 mm323 mm128 mm114 mmCMO-0129-10 storeys260.5 mmMPS-009MPS-010Doublemodule126.5 mm128 mmMDN-441 , 442443 , 444445MMN-410 , 430441 , 451MCN-441MLT-000387 mm371 mm128 mm128 mm114 mmCMO-014MPD-009MPD-010Triplemodule174.5 mm128 mmMDT-441 , 442443 , 444445435 mm419 mm128 mm114 mm98

Rain-shield for flush-mounted boxSingle Double TripleVIS-114 VIS-124 VIS-134Surface wall-mounted boxSingleCSU-214Rain-shield for surface wall-mounted boxSingle Double TripleVIS-214 VIS-224 VIS-234Angular surfacewall-mounted boxCSU-314315.5 mm291 mm304 mm284 mm171 mm 299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm 284 mm412 mmVIS-115 VIS-125 VIS-135 CSU-215VIS-215 VIS-225 VIS-235128 mmCSU-315363.5 mm339 mm352 mm332 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm284 mm412 mm128 mmVIS-116 VIS-126 VIS-136CSU-216VIS-216 VIS-226 VIS-236CSU-316411.5 mm387 mm400 mm380 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm284 mm412 mm128 mmVIS-115 VIS-125 VIS-135 CSU-215VIS-215 VIS-225 VIS-235CSU-315363.5 mm339 mm352 mm332 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm284 mm412 mm128 mmVIS-116 VIS-126 VIS-136CSU-216VIS-216 VIS-226 VIS-236CSU-316411.5 mm387 mm400 mm380 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm284 mm412 mm128 mmVIS-117 VIS-127 VIS-137CSU-217VIS-217 VIS-227 VIS-237CSU-317459.5 mm435 mm448 mm428 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm284 mm412 mm128 mm99

ARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTEntrance panellower moduleEntrance panel upper moduleEntrancepanelFlush-mounted boxSingleCMO-012Singlemodule78.5 mm128 mm MAN- MVN-410 , 430 301 , 302441 , 451, 460 004 , 005201MTN-000MLN-000387 mm371 mm128 mm114 mmCMO-01411-12 storeys308.5 mmMPS-011MPS-012Doublemodule126.5 mm128 mmMDN-441 , 442443 , 444445MMN-410 , 430441 , 451MCN-441MLT-000435 mm419 mm128 mm128 mm114 mmMPD-011MPD-012CMO-016Triplemodule174.5 mm483 mm467 mm128 mmMDT-441 , 442443 , 444445128 mm114 mm100

Rain-shield for flush-mounted boxSingle Double TripleSurface wall-mounted boxSingleRain-shield for surface wall-mounted boxSingle Double TripleAngular surfacewall-mounted boxVIS-116 VIS-126 VIS-136CSU-216VIS-216 VIS-226 VIS-236CSU-316411.5 mm387 mm400 mm380 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm284 mm412 mm128 mmVIS-117 VIS-127 VIS-137CSU-217VIS-217 VIS-227 VIS-237CSU-317459.5 mm435 mm448 mm428 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm284 mm412 mm128 mmVIS-118 VIS-128 VIS-138CSU-218VIS-218 VIS-228 VIS-238CSU-318507.5 mm483 mm496 mm476 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm284 mm412 mm128 mm101

ARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTARRIBAUPHAUTEntrance panellower moduleEntrance panel upper moduleEntrancepanelFlush-mounted boxSingleCMO-014Singlemodule78.5 mm128 mmMAN- MVN-410 , 430 301 , 302441 , 451, 460 004 , 005201MTN-000MLN-000435 mm419 mm128 mm114 mmCMO-01613-14 storeys356.5 mmMPS-013MPS-014Doublemodule126.5 mm128 mmMDN-441 , 442443 , 444445MMN-410 , 430441 , 451MCN-441MLT-000483 mm419 mm128 mm128 mm114 mmCMO-018MPD-013MPD-014Triplemodule174.5 mm531 mm515 mm128 mmMDT-441 , 442443 , 444445128 mm114 mmCMO-016Singlemodule78.5 mm128 mm MAN- MVN-410 , 430 301 , 302441 , 451, 460 004 , 005201MTN-000MLN-000483 mm419 mm15-16 storeys404.5 mmMPS-015MPS-016128 mm114 mmCMO-018128 mmDoublemodule126.5 mm531 mm515 mm128 mmMDN-441 , 442443 , 444445MMN-410 , 430441 , 451MCN-441MLT-000MPD-015MPD-016102128 mm114 mm

Rain-shield for flush-mounted boxSingle Double TripleSurface wall-mounted boxSingleRain-shield for surface wall-mounted boxSingle Double TripleAngular surfacewall-mounted boxVIS-117 VIS-127 VIS-137CSU-217VIS-217 VIS-227 VIS-237CSU-317459.5 mm435 mm448 mm428 mm171 mm 299 mm427 mmVIS-118 VIS-128 VIS-138128 mmCSU-218156 mm 284 mm412 mmVIS-218 VIS-228 VIS-238128 mmCSU-318507.5 mm483 mm496 mm476 mm171 mm 299 mm427 mmVIS-119 VIS-129 VIS-139128 mmCSU-219156 mm 284 mm412 mmVIS-219 VIS-229 VIS-239128 mmCSU-319555.5 mm531 mm496 mm524 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm284 mm412 mm128 mmVIS-118 VIS-128 VIS-138CSU-218VIS-218 VIS-228 VIS-238CSU-318507.5 mm483 mm496 mm476 mm171 mm 299 mm427 mmVIS-119 VIS-129 VIS-139128 mmCSU-219156 mm 284 mm412 mmVIS-219 VIS-229 VIS-239128 mmCSU-319555.5 mm531 mm496 mm524 mm171 mm299 mm427 mm128 mm156 mm284 mm412 mm128 mm103

4MECHANICAL ASSEMBLYACCESSORIES FOR ENTRANCE PANELSACCESSORIES FOR CONCIERGE SYSTEMSFLUSH-MOUNTED BOXESImportant:Some models of flush-mounted boxes have one or severalreinforcements which are useful when positioning the box. Donot remove these reinforcements until you are installing theentrance panel.Retirar en el momento deinstalar la placa de ca leRemove when insta ling theentrance panelRetirer lors de l'insta lationde la plaque de rueBREAKING THE PERFORATED HOLESThe flush-mounted box has several perforated holes to passthe cables through. Break the tab off the holes you need to use.ASSEMBLING SEVERAL BOXESTo assemble several boxes together, break off the sections onthe side walls of the box. There are two partitions on each sideof the flush-mounted box (1).11104

UPHAUTA RIBAUPHAUTAssemble the flush-mounted boxes using the set of separators,model CEM-001.Note: Use the openings on the sets of separators to pass thecable between the entrance panels.PLACE AND POSITIONING HEIGHTChoose a place for the flush-mounted box so that, when theentrance panel is fitted, rain, sun rays or strong light sourcesdo not adversely affect the video unit. In this way you will avoidcertain undesired problems with video door entry systems withthe visualisation of images such as the ghosting effect causedby strong background light; correct positioning will also preservethe working life of the equipment.Remember to pass the cables through the cable holes beforefitting the flush-mounted box.Position the flush-mounted box vertically and in the directionindicated by the sticker. In this position the support axles areoriented correctly, which will later allow the entrance panel tobe conveniently opened.Position the box in such a way that the top part is at a heightof 1.7m from floor level. Make sure that the box is perfectlyflush with the surface of the wall.Positioning directionA RIBAARRIBAUPHAUT1.7 m105

SURFACE WALL-MOUNTED BOXBREAKING THE PERFORATED HOLESNon-angular surface wall-mounted boxesThe surface wall-mounted box has several perforated holes topass the cables through .Break the tab off the holes you needto use.ASSEMBLING SEVERAL BOXESNon-angular surface wall-mounted boxesTo assemble several surface wall-mounted boxes, break offthe sections on the side walls of the boxes as required. You willthen have 2 openings on the right side and two on the left side(1).11Use the CSU-000 set of separators to guide you when assemblingthe surface wall-mounted boxes. By doing so, you willensure that the boxes are correctly aligned when they are fixedto the wall.106

PLACE AND HEIGHT OF PANEL POSITIONChoose a place for the surface wall-mounted box so that,when the entrance panel is fitted, rain, sun rays or strong lightsources do not adversely affect the video unit. In this way youwill avoid certain undesired problems with video door entrysystems with the visualisation of images such as the ghostingeffect caused by strong background light; correct positioningwill also preserve the working life of the equipment.Remember to pass the cables through the cable holes beforefitting the surface wall-mounted box.Fix the box to the wall using the wall-plugs and screws provided.Place it vertically and in such a way that the top part isat a height of 1.7m from floor level.1.7 m1.7 mAngular models107

RAIN-SHIELDSRAIN-SHIELDS FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXFIXING THE RAIN-SHIELD TO THE FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXFix the rain shield to the flush-mounted box using the four selfscrewingscrews provided with the product.Retirar en el momento deinstalar la placa de calleRemove when insta ling theentrance panelRetirer lors de l'installationde la plaque de rueRAIN-SHIELDS FOR SURFACE WALL-MOUNTED BOXFIXING THE RAIN-SHIELD TO THE SURFACEWALL-MOUNTED BOXSlide the axles provided into the upper decorative fitting ofthe surface wall-mounted box. Position them in such a way thatthe curve of the axle is directed outwards from the surface wallmountedbox. The surface wall-mounted box is now ready forthe entrance panel to be fixed.Fix the rainshield to the surface wall-mounted box using theself-screwing screws provided with the product.108

COVER FRAMESFIXING TO THE FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXFix the frame to the flush-mounted box using the four screwsprovided with the product.FIXING DIRECTLY TO THE WALLInsert the supplied nuts in the frame. In this way, the frame isready for the entrance panel to be fixed later.Drill the required holes in the frame and fix it to the wall inthe desired place.With frames prepared for wall attachment, use the wall-plugsand screws provided to fix them in place. Use the 2.5 Allen keyprovided with the products.109

ENTRANCE PANELS WITH PUSHBUTTONSCONCIERGE SYSTEMS: CONCIERGE UNIT PANELSENTRANCE PANEL LOWER MODULES AND UPPER MODULESEXPLODED VIEW OF PANEL COMPONENTSThe illustration shows all the different parts of two modularentrance panels.ASSEMBLING THE PANELSJoin the upper and lower modules of the entrance panel asfollows. Insert the two tongues of the lower pushbutton moduleinto the slots of the upper module and press. Make sure that theintermediate separator is correctly in place.Connect the commons of the pushbuttons (1) and the illuminatinglights (2) of the pushbutton module.71ElectroniccallBuzzingcall89 102110

If the upper module is an informative card-holder then lift thecover of the card-holder and insert the card to be displayed.Close the card-holder cover.In the lower module of the entrance panel, lever open thecover of each card-holder and insert the card that identifies thepushbutton. You may use the pre-printed cards or the blankcards which are supplied with the lower pushbutton module.DISASSEMBLING THE PANELSTo separate the entrance panel modules, gently slide theupper module upwards until it is completely free of the tonguesof the lower module.111

POSITIONING THE ENTRANCE PANELSPOSITIONING THE CONCIERGE UNIT PANELSPOSITIONING THE PANEL IN THE FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXPOSITIONING THE PANEL IN A FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX WITH RAIN-SHIELDPOSITIONING THE PANEL IN A FLUSH-MOUNTED BOX WITH COVER FRAMESome models of flush-mounted boxes have one or severalreinforcements, which are useful when the box is being fitted tothe wall. If this is the case, remove these reinforcements.Retirar en el momento deinstalar la placa de calleRemove when installing theentrance panelRetirer lors de l'installationde la plaque de rueRemove the protective plugs from the flush-mounted box. Thebox is now ready for the entrance panel to be fixed in it at alater stage.The flush-mounted box has a hinge or support axle on eachof its sides. Extract the two axles according to the direction inwhich you wish to open the entrance panel, i.e. from left toright or right to left or from top to bottom. The unused axlesshould be fully inserted in their appropriate slots.112

Introduce the rings of the entrance panel on the extractedaxles. In this way the panel will be held in place and all theconnections can be easily made.Once the connections and adjustments have been made onthe panel (as shown in the diagrams and connection and adjustmentinstructions of this manual), separate the upper and lowerdecorative fittings, loosening the screws holding them in position.Close the entrance panel and press it against the flush-mountedbox. Fix the panel to the box using the fixing screws.Adjust the upper and lower decorative fittings.113

If a rain-shield is being added, fit the top cap of the rain-shield.POSITIONING THE ENTRANCE PANEL IN THESURFACE WALL-MOUNTED BOXOnce the connections and adjustments have been made onthe panel (as shown in the diagrams and connection and adjustmentinstructions of this manual), separate the upper and lowerdecorative fittings, loosening the screws holding them in position.Angular modelsFix the entrance panel to the surface wall-mounted box withthe clamping screws.Angular models114

Adjust the upper and lower decorative fittings.Angular modelsPOSITIONING THE ENTRANCE PANEL IN A SUR-FACE WALL-MOUNTED BOX WITH RAIN-SHIELDSeparate the upper and lower decorative fittings of theentrance panel (1) and remove the fixing screws (2).12Adjust the upper decorative fitting. The entrance panel isnow ready to be fixed later.Note: The lower fixing screw will be used later to fix theentrance panel into position.115

Once the electrical connections and adjustments have beenmade on the panel (as shown in the diagrams and connectionand adjustment instructions of this manual), tilt the entrancepanel slightly, pressing it against the rain shield.Push the entrance panel upwards until the axles of the surfacewall-mounted box slide into the upper rings of the entrancepanel (1). Press the entrance panel as far as it will go into therain shield (2). The entrance panel is now fixed in position bythe axles of the surface wall-mounted box.21Fix the entrance panel to the surface wall-mounted box usingthe lower fixing screw.116

Adjust the lower decorative fitting.POSITIONING THE ENTRANCE PANEL IN THECOVER FRAME FIXED DIRECTLY TO THE WALLOnce the connections and adjustments have been made onthe panel (as shown in the diagrams and connection and adjustmentinstructions of this manual), separate the upper and lowerdecorative fittings by loosening the screws holding them inposition.Fix the entrance panel to the frame using the fixing screws ofthe entrance panel (1). Adjust the upper and lower decorativefittings of the entrance panel (2).21117

CONCIERGE SYSTEMS: TELEPHONES FOR CONCIERGEDISASSEMBLING THE RECEIVERDisconnect the cord between the base of the telephone and thereceiver.DISASSEMBLING THE COVER FROM THE BASEOF THE TELEPHONEMove the cover on the base of the telephone towards theright.Remove the cover from the base of the telephone.21118

POSITIONING THE TELEPHONE FOR CONCIER-GE IN A FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXSome models of flush-mounted boxes have one or severalreinforcements, which are useful when the box is being fitted tothe wall. If this is the case, remove these reinforcements.Retirar en el momento deinstalar la placa de calleRemove when installing theentrance panelRetirer lors de l'installationde la plaque de rueRemove the protective plugs from the flush-mounted box. Thebox is now ready for the entrance panel to be fixed in it at alater stage.The flush-mounted box has a hinge or support axle on eachof its sides. Extract the two axles according to the direction inwhich you wish to open the panel, i.e. from left to right or rightto left or from top to bottom. The unused axles should be fullyinserted in their appropriate slots.119

Separate the upper and lower decorative fittings by looseningthe screws holding them in position.Introduce the rings of the entrance panel on the extractedaxles. In this way the panel will be held in place and all theconnections can be easily made.Pass the cable connections through the opening at the baseof the telephone.120

Close the panel and press it against the flush-mounted box.Fix the panel to the box using the fixing screws.Adjust the upper and lower decorative fittings.121

POSITIONING THE TELEPHONE FOR CONCIER-GE IN THE SURFACE WALL-MOUNTED BOXSeparate the upper and lower decorative fittings by looseningthe screws holding them in position.Pass the cable connections through the opening at the baseof the telephone.122

Close the panel and press it against the flush-mounted box.Fix the panel to the box using the screws provided.Adjust the upper and lower decorative fittings.123

ASSEMBLING THE COVER OF THE TELEPHONEOnce the connections and adjustments have been made asindicated in the diagrams and connection and adjustment instructionsof this manual, close the telephone and fix the coverto the base using the fixing screw.ASSEMBLING THE RECEIVERConnect the cord between the base of the telephone and thereceiver.124

AUDIO UNITSASSEMBLING THE AUDIO UNITPosition the audio unit and press firmly to fix the audio unitto the entrance panel.DISASSEMBLING THE AUDIO UNITUsing a screwdriver, lever the audio unit out from its anchoringpoints.VIDEO UNITSASSEMBLING THE VIDEO UNITPosition the visor of the video unit and press to fix the videounit to the entrance panel.DISASSEMBLING THE VIDEO UNITUsing a screwdriver, lever the video unit out from its anchoringpoints.125

PUSHBUTTONSASSEMBLING THE PUSHBUTTONSPress firmly to fix the pushbuttons to the entrance panel.DISASSEMBLING THE PUSHBUTTONSUsing a screwdriver, lever the group of pushbuttons out fromits anchoring points.DECORATIVE FITTINGS FOR ENTRANCE PANELREPLACEMENT OF THE FIXING SCREWS OF THEDECORATIVE FITTINGS WITH TORX-HEAD TAM-PER-PROOF SCREWSLoosen and remove fixing screws of the upper and lowerdecorative fittings of the entrance panel.Using the TORX-head tamper-proof screws provided with theupper modules of the entrance panel, adjust the upper andlower decorative fittings. Use a standard TORX T10 securityscrewdriver.126

REPLACING THE DECORATIVE FITTINGS OFENTRANCE PANELCompletely separate the upper and lower decorative fittingsof the entrance panel by loosening the fixing screws.Separate the upper module from the lower module of theentrance panel (See “Disassembling the panels”, page 111).Remove the intermediate separator. Position the new separatorand re-assemble the upper and lower modules of the entrancepanel (see “Assembling the panels”, page 110).Position the new upper and lower decorative fittings of theentrance panel.127

cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1TAP-OFFS AND SPLITTERSLOCATIONTap-offs and splitters should be located in a dry and warmplace away from harmful agents such as water, damp, etc.Tap-off

FIXING TAP-OFFS AND SPLITTERS FOR TWISTEDPAIR TO THE WALLFix the tap-off or the splitter to the wall using the wall-plugsand screws provided with the product.CtrlASC-050cod. 9730023NC1 NC2 NO1 NO2V C1 C2ACCESSORIES FOR TELEPHONESDESKTOP SUPPORTS FOR TELEPHONESPREPARING THE SUPPORT PRIOR TO FIXINGTHE TELEPHONEPlace the anti-slip feet on the desktop support.Place the cable-holding ring over the lower opening of thedesktop support (1). Then pass the cable through the front andlower openings (2). The securing loop can be used to hold thecable to the desktop support in position (3).The telephone is now ready for the electrical connections tobe made.312129

TELEPHONES FOR HOUSES AND FLATSDISASSEMBLING THE RECEIVERDisconnect the cord between the base of the telephone and thereceiver.DISASSEMBLING THE COVER FROM THE BASEOF THE TELEPHONEMove the cover of the base of the telephone towards theright.Remove the cover of the base of the telephone.21130

WALL-MOUNTED. FIXING THE BASE OF TELE-PHONE TO THE WALLRemember to pass the cables through the cable hole beforefixing the base of the telephone to the wall.The base has numerous fixing points. Using the four mostconvenient points, fix the base of the telephone to the wall withthe screws and wall-plugs provided.The telephone is now ready for the electrical connections tobe made.Note: The use of the fixing points in the four corners isrecommended.DESKTOP INSTALLATION. FIXING THE BASE OFTHE TELEPHONE TO THE DESKTOP SUPPORTRemember to pass the cables through the cable hole beforefixing the base of the telephone to the desktop support.Fix the base of the telephone to the desktop support with theM3 screws provided with the support.The telephone is now ready for the electrical connections tobe made.ASSEMBLING THE COVER TO THE BASE OF THETELEPHONEMake the connections and adjustments as indicated in thediagrams and connection and adjustment instructions of thismanual.In telephones for internal communication, connect the telephonecover connector.CC11 2 34 5 67 8 9C 0131

Close the telephone and fix the cover to the base using thefixing screw.ASSEMBLING THE RECEIVERConnect the cord between the base of the telephone and thereceiver.ACCESSORIES FOR MONITORSDESKTOP SUPPORT FOR MONITORSCONNECTION BASELOCATIONMake sure that the place chosen is no more than 2 metres(i.e. the length of the multiwire SCART connector cable) fromthe place where the desktop support will later be positioned.2 m132

POSITIONING THE CONNECTION BASERemove the protective cover.Fix the connection base to the wall using the wall-plugs andscrews provided with the product.Once the connections and adjustments have been made asindicated in the diagrams and connection and adjustment instructionsof this manual, cut the required perforated openingsand fix the protective cover to the base using the fixing screw.DESKTOP SUPPORTLOCATIONTo avoid undesired effects in the visualisation of images(reflections, etc.) and to preserve the working life of the equipment,choose a place that avoids sources of direct light or intenseheat, damp and steam.PREPARATION OF THE DESKTOP SUPPORT FORSUBSEQUENT FIXING OF THE CONNECTIONBRACKETPlace the anti-slip feet on the desktop support.The desktop support is now ready for both the connectionbracket (see page 136) and the monitor (see page 137) to befixed and connected.133

COVER FRAMES FOR MONITORSPLACE AND POSITIONING HEIGHTTo avoid undesired effects in the visualisation of images(reflections, etc.) and to preserve the working life of the equipment,choose a place that avoids sources of direct light or intenseheat, damp and steam.Bear in mind the dimensions of the monitor cover frame itself.Position the monitor cover frame in such a way that the top partof the connection bracket to be fixed at a later stage is at aheight of 1.6 metres above floor level (see illustration).A RIBAUPHAUT1.6 mFIXING THE COVER FRAME FOR MONITORS TOTHE WALLDrill the required holes in the frame and fix it to the wall inthe desired place. Position the frame vertically and in the directionindicated by the sticker.The frame is now ready to be fixed and connected to the connectionbracket.A RIBAUPHAUTDirection of frame positionARRIBAUPHAUTThe frame and the connections bracket can also be fixeddirectly to the wall without having to make any holes in theframe. Make sure you install the frame in the direction indicatedon the sticker.The joined frame/connections bracket are now ready for theconnections bracket to be connected.Direction of frame positionARRIBAUPHAUTA RIBAUPHAUT134

MONITORS AND CONNECTION BRACKETS FORHOUSES AN FLATSCONNECTION BRACKET FOR HOUSES AND FLATSWALL-MOUNTED. PLACE AND POSITIONINGHEIGHTChoose a place to install the connection bracket where thewall is flat, even and hard.To avoid undesired effects in the visualisation of images(reflections, background light, etc.) and to preserve the workinglife of the equipment, choose a place that avoids directlight sources, intense heatBear in mind the dimensions of the monitor which will laterbe connected to the connection bracket and that the top part ofthe connection bracket is at a height of 1.6m from floor level(see illustration).224 mm193 mm197 mm15 mm 20 mm166 mmMonitor and connection bracket size1.6 mWALL-MOUNTED. FIXING THE CONNECTIONBRACKET TO THE WALLRemember to pass the cables through the cable openingbefore positioning the bracket.Fix the connection bracket to the wall with the screws andwall-plugs supplied with the product.Position the bracket vertically.Note: The use of the anchoring points in the four corners isrecommended.Make the connections and adjustments as indicated in thediagrams and connection and adjustment instructions of thismanual.INSTALLATION ON A STANDARD ELECTRICALBOX. PLACE AND POSITIONING HEIGHTBear in mind the dimensions of the monitor which will laterbe connected to the connections bracket (see illustration).To avoid undesired effects in the visualisation of images(reflections, background light, etc.) and to preserve the workinglife of the equipment, choose a place that avoids directlight sources, intense heatRemember to pass the cables through the cable openingbefore positioning the standard electrical box.Make sure that the standard electrical box is vertical and uniformlyaligned or flush with the wall. Place the box at a heightof 1.5 metres above floor level. The connection bracket willthen be at a height of 1.6 metres above the floor.224 mm193 mm197 mm15 mm 20 mm166 mmMonitor and connection bracket size1.5 m135

INSTALLATION ON A STANDARD ELECTRICALBOX. FIXING CONNECTION BRACKET TO THESTANDARD ELECTRICAL BOX.Remember to pass the connections cable through the cablehole of the connections bracket.Fix the connection bracket to the standard electrical box.Make the connections and adjustments as indicated in thediagrams and connection and adjustment instructions of thismanual.DESKTOP INSTALLATION. FIXING THE CONNEC-TION BRACKET TO THE DESKTOP SUPPORTFix the connection bracket to the desktop support with the M3screws provided with the support.Make the connections and adjustments in the connectionbracket using the multiwire SCART connector cable as indicatedin the diagrams and connection and adjustment instructions ofthis manual.Connect the multiwire SCART connector cable to the connectionbase.FIXING TO THE COVER FRAME FOR MONITORSRemember to pass the connections cable through the cablehole of the connections bracket.Fix the connection bracket to the cover frame using thescrews provided with the frame.Make the connections and adjustments as indicated in thediagrams and connection and adjustment instructions of thismanual.A RIBAUPHAUT136

MONITORS FOR HOUSES AND FLATSIDENTIFYING THE TYPE OF MONITORThe steps to follow in order to install or to dismount the monitordepend on which type of monitor it is. For monitors with afixing tongue of type (1) in their base, follow the steps shownunder “Monitors Type 1”. For monitors with a fixing tongue oftype (2) in their base, follow the steps shown under “MonitorsType 2”.12Monitor type 1 Monitor type 2FITTING THE MONITOR TO THE CONNECTIONBRACKETConnect the connector of the monitor to the connectionbracket.“Monitors type 1”Clip the two top fitting hooks of the bracket into the guideson the base of the monitor housing (1). To do so, incline themonitor as shown in the picture below. The monitor will then beheld by the connection bracket.Monitor type 1 Monitor type 2120mm20mm“Monitors type 2”Starting from the position shown in the illustration (i.e. withthe upper part of the monitor approximately 20mm above theconnections bracket), move the monitor closer to the connectionsbracket in such a way that the upper fixing tongues of thebracket clip into the guides in the base of the monitor (1).11“Monitors type 1”Push the monitor downwards (2). While still pushing (2),apply frontal pressure to the lower part of the monitor (3) untilit is in a position parallel to the wall. Then move the monitorslightly upwards to anchor it to the connections support (4).Monitor type 1 Monitor type 22“Monitors type 2”While holding the position indicated in the former step, pushthe monitor downwards.43137

Put the receiver in place and connect the receiver cord.REMOVING THE MONITOR FROM THE CONNEC-TION BRACKET“Monitors type 1”Lightly press the fixing tongue downwards (1) and push themonitor downwards (2). In this position, separate the lowerpart of the monitor from the connection bracket (3).The monitor will then only be supported on the connectionbracket.Monitor type 1 Monitor type 22211“Monitors type 2”Move the fixing tongue located in the lower part of the monitoroutwards (1).31“Monitors type 1 and Monitors type 2”Move the monitor upwards until it is free of the fixing tonguesof the connections bracket.Monitor type 1 Monitor type 2“Monitors type 1 and Monitors type 2”Disconnect the connector which joins the monitor to the connectionbracket.138

“Monitors type 2”Return the fixing tongue (1) to its initial position. The monitoris once again ready to be fixed to the connections bracket.1ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIESCALL EXTENSION UNITSFIXING TO THE WALLMove the lower tab gently and remove the cover from thebase of the call extension unit.Break off the partitions so as to be able to pass the wiresthrough. There are two openings at the back (1) and two at thebottom (2).12Remember to pass the cables through the opening beforeattaching the call extension unit.Fix the base of the call extension unit to the wall using thescrews and wallplugs provided.Once the connections and adjustments have been made asindicated in the diagrams and connection and adjustment instructionsof this manual, replace the cover..139

CtrlCtrlCtrlSWITCH-SELECTOR ACCESSORIESLOCATIONIf you use the accessory to handle voltages, choose a place in which there is no possibility of control voltages accidentally touching(electrical box, etc.).FIXING TO THE WALLThe accessory can be fixed to the wall with the wall-plugsand screws provided with the product.CtrlASC-050cod. 9730023NC1 NC2 NO1 NO2V C1 C2FIXING TO THE FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXDepending on the model which is being used, the accessorycan be fixed to the flush-mounted box using the screws providedwith the product.ASC-050cod. 973 023NC1 NC2 NO1 NO2V C1 C2COMMON DOOR ACCESSORIESFIXING TO THE FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXFix the accessory to the flush-mounted box using the 4 screwsprovided.ASC-050cod. 973 023NC1 NC2 NO1 NO2V C1 C2CALL ADAPTER ACCESSORIESFIXING TO THE FLUSH-MOUNTED BOXFix the accessory to the flush-mounted box using the 4 screwsprovided.ASC-050cod. 973 023NC1 NC2 NO1 NO2V C1 C2140

ELECTRONIC MODULESELECTRONIC MODULES FOR INTERNAL COMMUNICATION INSTALLATIONSLOCATIONThe control equipment should be installed in a dry and well-ventilated place, away from direct sources of heat. This will ensurethe correct functioning of the equipment and preserve its working life.WALL-MOUNTINGFix the control equipment to the wall using the screws providedwith the product.MOUNTING ON DIN RAILMount the control equipment on the DIN rail as shown in theillustration.REMOVING FROM DIN RAILTo remove the control equipment from the DIN rail, simplylever it off with a screwdriver as shown in the illustration.CONNECTIONS AND ASSEMBLY OF TERMINALCOVEROnce the connections have been made as indicated in thediagrams and connection instructions of this manual, cut therequired perforated openings of the terminal cover. Fix it to thecontrol equipment using the fixing screws supplied with the product.141

MODULATORS FOR TV DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSLOCATIONThe modulator should be installed in a dry and well-ventilated place, away from direct sources of heat. This will ensure the correctfunctioning of the equipment and preserve its working life.PREPARATION OF CONNECTORSTo ensure the best possible connection of the coaxial cable,follow steps 1 to 4. Use the male F-type connectors provided.→ 6.5 - 6.8 mm112 mm→ 6.8 - 7.1 mm16±1mm6±1mm23±1 8±1mm26±1mm334Male type F connector4DISASSEMBLING THE COVERLever the protective cover off the equipment.WALL-MOUNTINGThe modulator can be fixed to the wall using the wall-plugsand screws provided.142

CONNECTIONS, ADJUSTMENT AND ASSEMBLYOF THE COVERMake the connections, select the output channel and adjustthe channel level as shown in the diagrams and connectionand adjustment instructions of this manual. Replace the protectivecover.POWER SUPPLY UNITSRemember to protect the power supply units of the installation by complying with the regulations in force governing electrical installations(keep away from strong magnetic fields, ensure correct fusing, etc.).LOCATIONThe power supply unit should be installed in a dry and well-ventilated place, away from direct sources of heat. This will ensurethe correct functioning of the equipment and preserve its working life.WALL-MOUNTINGFix the power supply unit to the wall with the screws suppliedwith the product.MOUNTING ON DIN RAILMount the unit on the rail as shown in the illustration.REMOVING FROM DIN RAILTo remove the control equipment from the DIN rail, simplylever it off with a screwdriver as shown in the illustration.143

CONNECTIONS AND ASSEMBLY OF TERMINALCOVEROnce the connections have been made as indicated in thediagrams and connection instructions of this manual, cut therequired perforated openings of the terminal cover. Fix it to thepower supply unit using the fixing screws supplied with the product.144

5CONNECTION AND ADJUSTMENTINSTRUCTIONSENTRANCE PANELS WITH PUSHBUTTONSENTRANCE PANEL UPPER MODULESAUDIO UNITS IN ENTRANCE PANELS WITH PUSHBUTTONSAUDIO UNIT GRF-201CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:GRF-201cod. 9610028Made in Spain3 2 J2V , Power supply voltage1 , 2 Telephone lock release3 , 2 Telephone microphone4 , 2 Telephone loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal12 V~V~9 10 11 121 2 3 4 79 , 1011 , 12Panel lightingElectric lockJ2Selecting the electronic call toneDescription of connections:GRF-201cod. 9610028Telephones4,3,2,1Power supply unitV~,Made in Spain3 2 J212 V~V~9 10 11 121 2 3 4 7Electric lockEntrance panel lampsCommon push-buttonsConnectionActivationConnectionConnection9 10 11 121 2 3 4 7From the dwelling9 10 11 121 2 3 4 79 10 11 121 2 3 4 7Using external pushbutton9 10 11 121 2 3 4 7ABR-001145

ADJUSTMENTSelecting the call toneThe audio unit leaves the factory with the double-tone electroniccall (with the J2 jumper installed). If a triple-tone electroniccall is preferred, remove the J2 jumper.GRF-201cod. 9610028J2Made in Spain3 2 J212 V~V~9 10 11 121 2 3 4 7Adjusting the volume controlsThe audio units leave the factory with the audio system preset.Use the potentiometers of the audio unit if re-adjustment isrequired by your particular installation.Volume control forthe entrance panelVolume control forthe telephonesAUDIO UNIT GRF-203CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:Electronic door entry installationsJ1Gcod. 9610029Made in SpainJ2V , Power supply voltage1 , 2 Telephones lock release3 , 2 Telephones microphone4 , 2 Telephones loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal12 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 189 , 1011 , 1216 , 18Panel lightingElectric lockHousing estate17 , 18J1J2Several points of entryMain panel selectionPrecision adjustment of sound levelElectronic door entry with concierge system installationsV , Power supply voltageGRF-203cod. 9610029Made in SpainJ112 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15J21 2 3 4 7 16 17 181 , 2 Telephones lock release3 , 2 Telephones microphone4 , 2 Telephones loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal9 , 1011 , 1213 , 1514 , 15Panel lightingElectric lockConcierge (control signal)Concierge14617 , 18J1Several points of entryMain panel selectionJ2Precision adjustmentof sound level

Description of connections:Electronic door entry installationsTelephones4,3,2,1Audio unit(Installations withseveral points of entry)17,18cod. 9610029Power supply unitV~,J1Made in SpainJ212 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Audio unit16 (Housing estatesExternal pointof entry)From the dwelling9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 189 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 189 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Using external pushbutton9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18ABR-001147

Electronic door entry with concierge system installationsGRF-203cod. 9610029Audio unit (several points of entry)4,3,2,1 14,13 18,17Power supplyV~,J1Made in SpainJ212 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 1818174321413Audio unit(Concierge)43211413ConciergetelephoneElectric lockEntrance panel lampsCommon push-buttonsConnectionActivationConnectionConnectionFrom the dwelling9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 189 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 189 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Using external pushbutton9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18ABR-001ADJUSTMENTDefinition of main panelIt is necessary to define the entrance panel with which telephonescommunicate when on standby. This panel will be themain panel of the system and must have the J1 jumper installed.Carry out the following steps:In standard installations, leave the J1 jumper installed.In installations with several points of entry, select the mainpanel and remove the J1 jumper from all the other entrancepanels.In installations in housing estates, define the main panel foreach building in the estate and remove the J1 jumpers from allthe other panels.J1GRF-104cod. 9610015Made in Spain19J112 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Main entrance panelJ1Jumper for the selection of the main panelGRF-104cod. 9610015Made in Spain19J112 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Other entrance panelsJ1148

Adjusting the volume controlsThe audio units leave the factory with the audio system pre-set.Use the potentiometers of the audio unit (1) if re-adjustment isrequired by your particular installation.If it is necessary to make a more precise adjustment, removethe J2 jumper (2) and repeat the adjustment.12Volume control forthe entrance panelVolume control forthe monitors/telephonesJ2AUDIO UNIT GRF-204CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:Electronic door entry installations with confidentiality feature19Gcod. 9610030Made in SpainJ112 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15J21 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V , Power supply voltage1 , 2 Telephone lock release3 , 2 Telephone microphone4 , 2 Telephone loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal9 , 10 Panel lighting11 , 12 Electric lock16 , 18 Housing estateElectronic video door entry installations17 , 18J1J2Several points of entryMain panel selectionPrecision adjustment of sound levelV , Power supply voltage19J1Gcod. 9610030Made in SpainJ21 , 2 Telephones/monitors lock release3 , 2 Telephones/monitors microphone4 , 2 Telephones/monitors loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal9 , 10 Panel lighting11 , 12 Electric lock12 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 1816 , 1817 , 18Housing estateSeveral points of entry19Alimentation (according to installations)and video unit controlJ1J2Main panel selectionPrecision adjustment of sound level149

Description of connections:Electronic door entry installations with confidentiality featurePower supply unitV~,GRF-204cod. 9610030Telephones4,3,2,1Audio unit(Installation with several points of entry)17,1819J1Made in SpainJ212 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Audio unit16 (Housing estates)Electric lockEntrance panel lampsCommon push-buttonsConnectionActivationConnectionConnectionFrom the dwelling9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 189 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 189 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Using external pushbutton9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18ABR-001150

Electronic video door entry installationsVideo unitTelephones andmonitors4,3,2,1Audio unit(Installation with several points of entry)18,17GRF-204cod. 9610030Power supply unitV~,J119Made in SpainJ212 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Audio unit16 (Housing estates)Electric lockEntrance panel lampsCommon push-buttonsConnectionActivationConnectionConnectionFrom the dwelling9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 189 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 189 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Using external pushbutton9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18ABR-001ADJUSTMENTDefinition of main panelIt is necessary to define the entrance panel with which telephones/monitorscommunicate when on standby. In electronicvideo door entry installations, this panel will be activated whenthe automatic switch-on function is used from the monitor of adwelling.This panel will be the main panel of the system and must havethe J1 jumper installed.Do the following:In standard installations, leave the J1 jumper installed.In installations with several points of entry, select the mainpanel and remove the J1 jumper from all the other entrancepanels.In installations in housing estates, define the main panel foreach building in the estate and remove the J1 jumpers from allthe other panels.J1GRF-104cod. 9610015Made in Spain19J112 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Main entrance panelJ1Jumper for the selection of the main panelGRF-104cod. 9610015Made in Spain19J112 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Other entrance panelsJ1151

Adjusting the volume controlsThe audio units leave the factory with the audio system pre-set.Re-adjust the controls of the audio unit if it is necessary to do sobecause of the requirements of the installation (1).If it is necessary to make a more precise adjustment, removethe J2 jumper (2) and repeat the adjustment.1Volume control forthe entrance panelVolume control forthe monitors/telephones2J2AUDIO UNIT GRF-205CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:Electronic door entry installationsGRF-205cod. 9610031Made in Spain3 2 J212 V~~V~ 9 10 11 12 0 1 2 3 4 7 8V , Power supply voltage1 , 2 Telephones lock release3 , 2 Telephones microphone4 , 2 Telephones loudspeaker7 , 2 Common push button terminal(electronic call)8 , 2 Common push button terminal(buzzing call)9 , 1011 , 12J2Panel lightingElectric lockSelecting the electronic call toneReplacement installationsGRF-205cod. 9610031Made in Spain3 2 J212 V~~V~ 9 10 11 12 0 1 2 3 4 7 8V , Power supply voltage01 , 2 Telephone lock release3 , 2 Telephone microphone4 , 2 Telephone loudspeaker9 , 1011 , 12System with separate commons7 , 2 Common push button terminal(electronic call)8 , 2 Common push button terminal(buzzing call)Panel lightingElectric lockJ2Electronic call tone selection152

Description of connections:Electronic door entry installationsPower supply unitV~,GRF-205cod. 9610031Telephones4,3,2,1Made in Spain3 2 J212 V~V~9 10 11 12~0 1 2 3 4 7 8Connection1 2 3 4 7Electric lockActivationFrom the dwellingEntrance panel lampsConnectionCommon push-buttonsConnectionElectronic call9 10 11 12 0 8~9 10 11 12 0 8 ~ 1 2 3 4 71 2 3 4 71 2 3 4 7Using external pushbuttonCommon push-buttonsConnectionBuzzing call9 10 11 12 0 8 ~ 1 2 3 4 7ABR-001153

Replacement installationsPower supply unitV~,GRF-205cod. 9610031Made in Spain3 2 J212 V~V~9 10 11 12~0 1 2 3 4 7 8Connection1 2 3 4 7Electric lockActivationFrom the dwellingEntrance panel lampsConnectionCommon push-buttonsElectronic callconnection9 10 11 12 0 8~9 10 11 12 0 8 ~ 1 2 3 4 71 2 3 4 71 2 3 4 7Using external pushbuttonCommon push-buttonsBuzzing callconnection9 10 11 12 0 8 ~ 1 2 3 4 7ABR-001Consult the technical data provided by the manufacturer of the entrance panel which is being replaced to know which terminalscorrespond to the loudspeaker, microphone, lock release and common of the telephones in the installation; and whether the systemhas a single common or separate commons. Then make the connections as indicated below.SINGLE COMMON LINE SYSTEMGRF-205cod. 9610031TelephonesMade in Spain12 V~V~9 10 11 123 2 J2Telephone~loudspeaker0 1 2 3 4 7 8TelephonemicrophoneTelephonecommon terminalTelephonelock release154

SEPARATED COMMON LINES SYSTEMTelephonesGRF-205cod. 9610031Made in Spain12 V~V~9 10 11 123 2 J2~0 1 2 3 4 7 8TelephoneloudspeakerTelephonemicrophoneTelephonecommon terminalTelephonelock releaseADJUSTMENTSelecting the call toneThe audio unit leaves the factory with the double-tone electroniccall (with the J2 jumper installed). If a triple-tone electroniccall is preferred, remove the J2 connection jumper.Gcod. 9610031Made in Spain12 V~V~9 10 11 121 2 3 4 7Adjusting the volume controlsThe audio units leave the factory with the audio system pre-set.Re-adjust the controls of the audio unit if it is necessary to do sobecause of the requirements of the installation.Volume control forthe entrance panelVolume control forthe telephones155

VIDEO UNITS IN ENTRANCE PANELS WITH PUSHBUTTONSVIDEO UNIT TCB-011, TBC-021CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:V2 M M V2V1 M M V415VMade in Spain+ , -V1 , MV2 , M19Power supply voltageVideo signal to the monitorsVideo signal installationswith several points of entryVideo unit controlDescription of connections:For installations with several points of entry, extractthe resistence from the terminals (V2, M) where thecoaxial cable is to be connected (steps 1 and 2).Video output to the monitorsV1, M75 OhmMade in SpainV2, M V2, MVideo unit(Installation with several points of entry)Video unit(Installation with several points of entry)Standard installationInstallation with several points of entryWhiteV2 M M V219+ _WhiteV2 M M V219Audio unit19Audio unit+ _ _RedBlackRedBlack+Power supply156

DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1ADJUSTMENTControl of the angle of visionIf necessary, manually control the orientation of the video unit.It can be adjusted up to 10° in any direction.VIDEO UNIT TCB-040, TCB-050CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:T2+ T2- T2- T2+T1+ T1- T4- T4+T1+ , T1- Video signal to the monitorsT2+ , T2- Video signal installationswith several points of entry19Made in Spain19Alimentation and video unit controlDescription of connections:For installations with several points of access, extractthe resistence from the terminals (T2+,T2_) where thetwisted pair cable is to be connected (steps 1 and 2).1220 Ohm2Video output to the monitorsT1+, T1-T2+ T2- T2- T2+T1+ T1- T4- T4+Made in Spain1919Audio unitT2+, T2-Video unit(Installation withseveral points of entry)T2+, T2-Video unit(Installation withseveral points of entry)157

ADJUSTMENTControl of the angle of visionIf necessary, manually control the orientation of the video unit.It can be adjusted up to 10° in any direction.VIDEO UNIT TCB-210CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:V1 M+ , -Power supply voltage15VMade in SpainTCB-210cod. 9640012V1 , MVideo signal to the modulatorDescription of connections:V1 M15VMade in SpainTCB-210cod. 9640012VIDEOModulatorDC OUTBlackWhite-Black+_ADJUSTMENTControl of the angle of visionIf necessary, manually control the orientation of the video unit.It can be adjusted up to 10° in any direction.158

CONCIERGE SYSTEMSCONCIERGE PANELS WITH PUSHBUTTONSCONCIERGE PANELS UPPER MODULESAUDIO UNITS IN CONCIERGE PANELS WITH PUSHBUTTONSAUDIO UNIT GRF-206CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:V , Power supply voltageGRF-206cod. 96100321 , 2 Audio concierge lock release3 , 2 Telephones microphone4 , 2 Telephones loudspeaker207 , 2 Common push button terminalMade in SpainJ1J29 , 10 Panel lighting11 , 12 Electric lock12 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 1813 , 15 Concierge (control signal)14 , 15 ConciergeDescription of connections:16 , 1817 , 1820EstateSeveral points of entryConcierge audio unit connectorPushbutton Concierge telephoneConnectionConcierge telephoneCC29 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18GRF-206cod. 9610032Power supplyV~,J1Made in Spain20J212 V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Audio unitat the entry to the building18174321413Entrance panel lampsConnectionCommon push-buttonsConnection9 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 189 10 11 12 13 14 151 2 3 4 7 16 17 18159

ADJUSTMENTAdjusting the volume controlsThe audio units leave the factory with the audio system pre-set.Re-adjust the controls of the audio unit if it is necessary to do sobecause of the requirements of the installation (1).If it is necessary to make a more precise adjustment, remove theJ2 jumper (2) and repeat the adjustment.1J22Volume control forthe concierge panelVolume control forthe telephonesTELEPHONES FOR CONCIERGE SYSTEMCONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:CC11 2 3 4 21 14 13CC21 , 23 , 24 , 221 , 214 , 213 , 2CC1CC2Telephones lock releaseTelephones microphoneTelephones loudspeakerEntrance panel lock releaseElectronic callConcierge (control signal)Concierge audio unit key connector(pre-wired)Concierge audio unit connectorDescription of connections:Telephones1 2 3 4CC11 2 3 4 21 14 13CC220 Concierge audio unitAudio unitat the entry to the building3411413160

TAP-OFFS AND SPLITTERSTAP-OFFSCOAXIAL CABLETAP-OFF DIV-024CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:DIVcod. 9730031Video signal inputVideo output to next tap-offVideo outputs to monitorsDescription of connections:→ 6.5 - 6.8 mmConnection of the coaxial cable12 mm13±1 8±1 mm2DIV-024cod. 9730031Next tap-off34MMMMonitorsV1, MV1, MV1, MV1, MMonitorsVideo signal inputFor installing tap-offs in cascade,steps 1 and 2 (except for terminal tap-off).175 Ohm2161

TWISTED PAIRTAP-OFF DIV-034CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1-Video signal inputT1T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+T1 T1 T1 T1 T1T1- T1+T1+ T1-Video output to next tap-offVideo outputs to monitorsDescription of connections:DIV-034cod.9730015Next tap-offT1T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+T1 T1 T1 T1 T1T1+,T1MonitorsSPLITTERSCOAXIAL CABLEVideo signal inputT1+,T1T1+,T1T1+,T1SPLITTER DIV-124CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:DIV-124cod. 9730032 P1,M15VMPower supply (15 V )Video signal inputVideo outputsMDescription of connections:→ 6.5 - 6.8 mmConnection of the coaxial cable12 mm13±1 8±1 mm2Video risersDIV-124cod. 9730032P1Video risers34M15VM162Power supplyVideo signal input

ADJUSTMENTAmplification of the video signalDepending on the installation it may be necessary to amplifythe level of the video signal of the outputs of the splitter. Use theP1 potentiometer until the desired signal level is obtained. Themaximum output level which can be obtained is 1.3.TWISTED PAIRSPLITTER DIV-134CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:DIV-134cod.9730016V,Power supply AC (12 V )+ , -Power supply DC (15 V )12 V 15 V+VT1 T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+ T1+T1 T1 T1 T1T1+ T1-Video signal inputT1+ T1-Video outputsDescription of connections:cod.9730016+Video risersPower supply(AC or DC)ACVDCVideo signal input163

TELEPHONES FOR HOUSES AND FLATSTELEPHONE TEL-001CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:123451 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callDescription of connections:Electronic door entry installationsElectronic door entry installations with internal communicationNext telephone123451 2 3 4Audio unitCallPushbutton in the panelElectronic door entry installations with concierge unitNext telephone123451 2 3 4Concierge telephoneCallPushbuttonConcierge entrance panelCallPushbuttonEntrance panelat the entry to the building164

TELEPHONE TEL-002CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:1 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 224 , 25Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callAuxiliary push-button12345 24 25Important:The terminals 24, 25 are potential-freecontacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 VDescription of connections:Electronic door entry installationsElectronic door entry installations with internal communicationNext telephone12345 24 251 2 3 4Audio unitCallPushbutton in the panelConnectionAuxiliary push-buttonActivation24 25From the dwellingConnect toauxiliary installation165

Electronic door entry installations with concierge unitNext telephone12345 24 251 2 3 4CallCallConcierge telephonePushbuttonConcierge entrance panelPushbuttonEntrance panelat the entry to the buildingConnectionAuxiliary push-buttonActivation24 25From the dwellingConnect toauxiliary installationTELEPHONE TES-001CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:123451 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callDescription of connections:Next telephone123451661 2 3 4Audio unitCallPushbutton in the panel

TELEPHONE TES-002CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:1 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 224 , 25Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callAuxiliary push-button12345 24 25Important:The terminals 24, 25 are potential-freecontacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 VDescription of connections:Next telephone12345 24 251 2 3 4Audio unitCallPushbutton in the panelConnectionAuxiliary push-buttonActivation24 25From the dwellingConnect toauxiliary installation167

TELEPHONE FOR INTERNAL COMMUNICATION TIN-001CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:12345I3I2 I1Internal communication systemI1, I2 Internal communication BUSI3 Internal communication audioCC1ON1 2 3 4SW14+N door entry system1 , 2 Lock release3 , 2 Telephone microphone4 , 2 Telephone loudspeaker5 , 2 Electronic callDescription of connections for internal communication system:Internal communicationTelephonesI1 I2 I312345I3I2 I1CC11 2 3 4ONSW1I1 I2Control equipmentDescription of connections for internal communication system + 4+N door entry system:1 2 3 4Telephonesfor internal communicationI1 I2 I312345I3I2 I1CC11 2 3 4ONSW1I1 I2Control equipment1681 2 3 4Audio unitCallEntrance panel pushbutton

1 2 3 4ADJUSTMENTSAssigning extension numbersEach telephone is equipped with a multiswitch with 4 microswitches(SW1); these are used to define the extension number of the telephone.Depending on the position of the microswitches, the extension number of thetelephone will be between 1 and 16. Assign a different extension to eachtelephone in the installation.The following table shows the extension number of each telephone accordingto the position of the 4 microswitches. Place the microswitches in theappropriate positions to assign the desired extension.ONSW1SW1ONExtension1ON1 2 3 4Extension5ON1 2 3 4Extension9ON1 2 3 4Extension13ON1 2 3 41 2 3 4261014371115481216TELEPHONE TUN-001CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:Electronic door entry installationsJ11 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 2Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callBuzzing call123456Replacement installationsJ11 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 2Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callBuzzing call123456J1Compatibility jumperDescription of connections:Electronic door entry installationsNext telephoneJ11234561 2 3 4Audio unitElectroniccallBuzzingcallPushbutton in the panel169

Replacement installationsNext telephoneJ1123456Alcad's equipmentsOther manufacturersElectroniccallBuzzingcall1 2 3 4Audio unitSee "Compatibilitytables" on page 173Pushbutton in the entrance panelADJUSTMENTSReplacement installationsAdjusting the volume controlsThe telephones leave the factory with the audio system pre-set.Use the potentiometers of the telephone if re-adjustment is requiredby your particular installation.Volume control for thetelephone microphoneVolume control for thetelephone loudspeakerTELEPHONE TUN-002CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:Electronic door entry installationsJ11 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 2Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callBuzzing callReplacement installations123456242524 , 25Auxiliary push-buttonImportant:The terminals 24, 25 are potential-freecontacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 VJ11 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 2Lock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callBuzzing call24 , 25Auxiliary push-button1701234562425J1Compatibility jumperImportant:The terminals 24, 25 are potential-freecontacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 V

Description of connections:Electronic door entry installationsNext telephoneJ112345624251 2 3 4Audio unitElectroniccallBuzzingcallPushbutton in the panelAuxiliary push-buttonConnectionActivation24 25From the dwellingConnect toauxiliary installationReplacement installationsNext telephoneJ11234562425Alcad's equipmentsOther manufacturersElectroniccallBuzzingcallAuxiliary push-button1 2 3 4Audio unitSee "Compatibilitytables" on page 173Pushbutton inthe entrance panelConnection24 25ActivationFrom the dwellingConnect toauxiliary installation171

ADJUSTMENTSReplacement installationsAdjusting the volume controlsThe telephones leave the factory with the audio system pre-set.Use the potentiometers of the telephone if re-adjustment is requiredby your particular installation.Volume control for thetelephone microphoneVolume control for thetelephone loudspeaker172

COMPATIBILITY TABLEMODELALCAD TUN-001/TUN-002 1 2 3 4 5 6 J1ACETAMPERATEAAUTA TF92 (Electronic)AUTELCOBELL SYSTEM TELEPHOBOGENBPTCENTRAMATICCITESACITOVOXCOMELIT OKAYELBEXELVOXELVOX 801-822, 870, 902/000FARFISAFERMAX GONDOLAFERMAX REKTO TF-4FERMAX 2044, 20440, 21100FRINGEGAMEGIROGOLMAR T-600GOLMAR T-800GOLMAR T-810GOLMAR T-10005 2 10 7 9D C A B E2 3 4 1 510 4 3 7 12P5 1 a b 2Z O R T IT 3 1 2 62 4 1 5 34 1 2 3 51 C 4 3 B5 9 10 7 T5 4 3/6 2 1LOW MIC SPEC +2 9 6 4 +7 3/4/5 2 1 65 3 1 2 64 3 1 2 V/5P C A B E1 3 2 6 42 1 3 6 4 4P 3 2 1 Z2 1 3 6 4T 3 1 2 6P1 3 5 10 0P1 3 5 10 7X A M S NGOLMAR T-2800 4 3 5 107 ALT TERRANEO 603N T1 3 1 2 6 AOSTELVIPORMATRIPOLLESRITTO ELEGANT 40518SAFNATSELTISIEDLE HT 611-01SPRINTSTR NH200STR NH205TAGRATEGUI GLTEGUI HORIZON (Buzzer)TEGUI HORIZON (Electronic)TELEVESTESLA DDZ 85TESLA DDZ 93TUNEURMET 730, 930, 1030, 11309 6 2 173 8 1 2 411 13 12 15 144 2 1 3 V5 3 1 2 61 9/C 2 11 7"/" 3 1 2 61 O M T S1 O M T S8 6 2 1 43 2 4 5 13 2 4 5 13 2 4 5 14 3 2 1T1 3 2 6 4Z 3 2 6 48 6 2 1 48/9 11 2 1 7URMET 9 6 2 1 7 AVIDEX 5 7 1 2 6 AYUS PHONE EL - T R B/PT AA BAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA173

5A / 250V~ACCESSORIES FOR MONITORSDESKTOP SUPPORTSDESKTOP SUPPORT SSM-001CONNECTION BASECONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown.Description of terminals:T1+ T1- T1- T1+ +15V S2 D1D2 S5V1 M M V1 1 2 3 4 5 24 25+ , -1 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2T1+ , T1-V1 , M24 , 25Power supply voltageLock releaseTelephone microphoneTelephone loudspeakerElectronic callSignal of video (twisted pair)Signal of video (coaxial)Auxiliary push-button (P1)Description of connections:T1+ T1- T1- T1+ +15V S2 D1D2 S5V1 M M V1 1 2 3 4 5 24 25Power supplyCallPushbutton in the panel4 3 2 1Audio unitCOAXIALNext monitorTWISTED PAIRNext monitorT1+ T1- T1- T1+V1 M M V1T1+ T1- T1- T1+V1 M M V1V1, MVideo signal inputT1+, T1 _Video signal inputElectronic callextensionAAL-200Electronic call extensionor accessoryConnectionActivationWhen a call isreceivedin the dwelling2 S524 25 5Auxiliary push-buttonConnectionActivationS2 S52 5Switch-selectoraccessoryASC-05052AdditionalElementsS2 S52 5Ctrl16Ctrl2 C NO NC174AdditionalElements52

MULTIWIRE SCART CONNECTOR CABLECONNECTIONS TO SCM-010 CONNECTION BRACKET FOR COAXIAL CABLEConnect the multiwire SCART connector cable to the connection bracket in accordance with the following colour-coding.Description of connections:TERMINALCABLE COLOURTERMINALCABLE COLOURPink24YellowBrown-white25Brown1GreenV1Pink-black2Purple-whiteMWhite-black3BlackV1Yellow-black4WhiteMBlue5RedCONNECTIONS TO SCM-020 CONNECTION BRACKET FOR TWISTED PAIRConnect the multiwire SCART connector cable to the connection bracket in accordance with the following colour-coding.Description of connections:TERMINALCABLE COLOURTERMINALCABLE COLOURPink24YellowBrown-white25Brown1GreenT1+Pink-black2Purple-whiteT1-White-black3BlackT1+Yellow-black4WhiteT1-Blue5RedMONITORS AND CONNECTION BRACKETS FOR HOUSESAND FLATSCONNECTION BRACKETS FOR HOUSES AND FLATSCOAXIAL CABLECONNECTION BRACKET SCM-010CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Important: Use the guides on the bracket to pass the connection cables.175

Description of terminals:CC1CC1Monitor connectorA BJ1R11 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2Lock releaseMonitors microphoneMonitors loudspeakerElectronic callV1 , MSignal of videoV1MMV12425262728+ , -24 , 25Power supply voltageAuxiliary push-button (P1)26 , 27 Auxiliary push-button (P2)Important:The terminals 24, 25, 26 and 27are potential-free contacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 V1 2 3 4 5Description of connections:CC1Next monitor(Installation in seriesorin parallel)V1, MNext monitor4321COAXIALCABLEInternalconductorMeshA BJ1R1V1MMV1Video signal input24252627281 2 3 4 5Power supplyCallPushbuttonin the panel4321Audio unitElectronic call extensionor switch-selector accessoryConnectionActivationElectronic callextensionAAL-200When a call isreceivedin the dwelling25262728Auxiliary push-button 2ConnectionActivation242526Auxiliary push-button 1ConnectionActivationS2 S52 5Switch-selectoraccessoryASC-05052AdditionalElementsAdditionalElements5A / 250V~S2 S52 5Ctrl16Ctrl2 C NO NC176AdditionalElements52

ADJUSTMENTConfiguration of the J1 jumper (supplying power to the tap-off)In installations where the video signal is distributed via tap-offs, for the monitors to be able to receive the signal captured by thevideo unit the connection brackets must supply power through the coaxial cable to the tapped output of the corresponding tap-off.The J1 jumper permits the configuration of the connection bracket to send the necessary voltage through the coaxial cable in suchcases.Switch the J1 jumper to position B if the video signal for the dwelling comes from a tap-off. If this is not the case, leave the J1 jumperin position A.Configuration of the 75 Ω end-of-line R1 resistorTo guarantee the best possible image quality, it is important that the video line is loaded with 75 Ω in the last monitor.For this to be so, proceed as follows:If distribution of the video signal is performed with tap-offs, leave the 75 Ω resistor in the monitor of each dwelling. If a dwellinghas several monitors installed in parallel, associated to the same call, then leave the resistor only in the monitor at the end of the line.In installations with distribution in cascade, cut the 75 Ω resistor in all the monitors except the one at the end of the line.ExamplesThe following examples show the configuration of the J1 jumper and the R1 resistor depending on the type of installation.Distribution of the video signal via tap-offsDIV-024DIV-024DIV-024DIV-024BJ1R1V1MMV1DIV-024DIV-024177

Distribution of the video signal via tap-offs. Two monitors in parallel in the same dwellingBJ1BJ1R1R1V1MMV1V1MMV1DIV-024DIV-024Distribution of the video signal in cascadeAJ1V1MMV1R1AJ1R1V1MMV1Distribution of the video signal in cascade. Two monitors in parallel in the same dwellingAJ1AJ1R1R1V1MMV1V1MMV1178

Distribution of the video signal in two columns: One column with tap-offs, the other in cascadeDIV-024DIV-024AJ1R1DIV-024V1MMV1DIV-024BJ1DIV-024DIV-124R1V1MMV1AJ1R1DIV-024V1MMV1DIV-124TWISTED PAIRCONNECTION BRACKET SCM-020CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Important: Use the guides on the bracket to pass the connection cables.Description of terminals:CC1CC1Monitor connectorA BJ11 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 2Lock releaseMonitors microphoneMonitors loudspeakerElectronic callR1T1+ , T1-Signal of video+ , -Power supply voltageT1+T1-T1-T1+24 , 25 Auxiliary push-button (P1)26 , 27 Auxiliary push-button (P2)2425262728Important:The terminals 24, 25, 26 and 27are potential-free contacts.Connection limit: 50 mA - 12 V1 2 3 4 5179

Description of connections:CC1Next monitor(Installation in seriesorin parallel)T1+,T1Next monitor4321A BJ1R1T1+T1-T1-T1+T1+,T1Video signal input24252627281 2 3 4 5Power supplyCallPushbuttonin the panel4 3 2 1Audio unitElectronic call extensionor switch-selector accessoryConnectionActivationElectronic callextensionAAL-200When a call isreceivedin the dwelling25262728Auxiliary push-button 2ConnectionActivation242526Auxiliary push-button 1ConnectionActivationS2 S52 5Switch-selectoraccessoryASC-05052AdditionalElementsAdditionalElements5A / 250V~S2 S52 5Ctrl16Ctrl2 C NO NCAdditionalElements52180

DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1ADJUSTMENTConfiguration of the J1 jumper (supplying power to the tap-off)In installations where the video signal is distributed via tap-offs, for the monitors to be able to receive the signal captured by thevideo unit the connection brackets must supply power to the tapped output of the corresponding tap-off.The J1 jumper permits the configuration of the connection bracket to activate the tapped output in such cases.Switch the J1 jumper to position B if the video signal for the dwelling comes from a tap-off. If this is not the case, leave the J1 jumperin position A.Configuration of the 120 Ω end-of-line R1 resistorTo guarantee the best possible image quality, it is important that the video line is loaded with 120 Ω in the last monitor.For this to be so, proceed as follows:If distribution of the video signal is performed with tap-offs, leave the 120 Ωresistor in the monitor of each dwelling. If a dwellinghas several monitors installed in parallel, associated to the same call, then leave the resistor only in the monitor at the end of the line.In installations with distribution in cascade, cut the 120 Ω resistor in all the monitors except the one at the end of the line.ExamplesThe following examples show the configuration of the J1 jumper and the R1 resistor depending on the type of installation.Distribution of the video signal via tap-offsDIV-034DIV-034cod.9730015DIV-034DIV-034DIV-034cod.9730015BJ1DIV-034R1T1+T1T1T1+DIV-034DIV-034DIV-034cod.9730015181

DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1Distribution of the video signal via tap-offs. Two monitors in parallel in the same dwellingBJ1BJ1R1R1DIV-034T1+T1T1T1+T1+T1T1T1+DIV-034DIV-034cod.9730015Distribution of the video signal in cascadeAJ1R1T1+T1T1T1+AR1J1T1+T1T1T1+Distribution of the video signal in cascade. Two monitors in parallel in the same dwellingAJ1AJ1R1R1T1+T1T1T1+T1+T1T1T1+182

12 V+V15 VDIV-134cod.9730016T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T112 V+V15 VT1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1Distribution of the video signal in two columns: one column with tap-offs, the other in cascadeDIV-034AJ1DIV-034DIV-034cod.9730015R1DIV-034T1+T1T1T1+AJ1DIV-034DIV-034cod.9730015BJ1DIV-034R1R1T1+T1T1T1+T1+T1T1T1+DIV-034DIV-034cod.9730015DIV-134DIV-134DIV-134cod.9730016MONITORS FOR HOUSES AND FLATSMONITORS MVB-001, MVC-001ADJUSTMENTAdjusting the contrast and brilliance of the imageThe monitors leave the factory with the image contrast andbrilliance pre-set. Use the controls of the monitor to re-adjust thecontrast and brilliance if the installation requires it.CONTRASTBRILLIANCETurning the video on and offIf so desired, calls can be received in the dwelling without theimage of the visitor appearing on the screen of the monitor. Allthat is required is to move the video on/off switch to the right.To be able to see visitors once more, move the switch back toits initial position.ONOFFSWITCH TO TURNON-OFF183

ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIESCALL EXTENSION UNITSCALL EXTENSION UNIT AAL-200CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown.Description of terminals:5, 2Electronic callS2 S52 5Description of connections:S22S5525ALCAD equipmentSee compatibility tablesOther manufacturersCOMPATIBILITY TABLEMODELALCAD AAL-200 2 5AUTA TF92 (electronic)FERMAX 2044, 20440, 21100FRINGEGOLMAR T-800RITTO ELEGANT 40518STR NH205TEGUI HORIZON (electronic)4 123 41 43 013 14O S2 1184

ADJUSTMENTAdjusting the call volumeThe call extension units leave the factory with the call volumepre-set. Use the potentiometers of the call extension units if readjustmentis required by your particular installation.Turning the call extension unit on and offIf so desired, it is possible to deactivate the call extension unitso that it does not reproduce the call tone. All that is required isto move the on/off switch downwards. To be able to hear thecall tone again, move the switch back to the “on” position.Positionwhen onPositionwhen offCALL EXTENSION UNIT AAL-210CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown.Description of terminals:6, 2Buzzing call2 6Description of connections:2 626See compatibility tablesALCAD equipmentOther manufacturers185

COMPATIBILITY TABLEMODELALCAD AAL-210 2 6ATEAAUTELCOBOGENBPTCENTRAMATICCITESACITOVOXELVOXFRINGEGAMEGIRO31341C9913152635BT+4Z4GOLMAR T-600GOLMAR T-1000GOLMAR T-28003A36N7OSTELVI 6 7RIPOLLES 8 4SAFNAT 2 VTAGRA 6 4TEGUI GL 2 1TEGUI HORIZON (Buzzer) 2 1TELEVESTUNE36T4URMET 6 7ADJUSTMENTTurning the call extension unit on and offIf so desired, it is possible to deactivate the call extension unitso that it does not reproduce the call tone. All that is required isto move the on/off switch downwards. To be able to hear thecall tone again, move the switch back to the “on” position.Positionwhen onPositionwhen offNote: For other models or for the equipment of other manufactures, ensure that the voltage of the buzzer is 12 Vac.SWITCH-SELECTOR ACCESSORIESSWITCH-SELECTOR ACCESSORY ASC-001CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:ASC-001cod. 9730023 V Circuit 1C1NO1NC1Circuit 2C2NO2NC2Power supplyControl signal of circuits 1 and 2CommonNormally open contactNormally closed contactCommonNormally open contactNormally closed contactMaximum values of circuits 1 and 2: 1A - 24V /186

Description of connections:Power supply, V~ASC-001cod. 9730023V Ctrl NC1 NC2 NO1 NO2 C1 C2Control signalAdditional elementsRange of values of the control signalsDepending on the value of the control signal, it may be necessary to feed the ASC-001 through the power supply terminals.Control signal values which require a power supply.Ctrl ,3 - 11 V4 - 8 V V ,Power supply15 V12 VControl signal values which do not require a power supply.Ctrl ,11 - 15 V8 - 12 V V ,Power supplySWITCH-SELECTOR ACCESSORY ASC-050CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:Ctrl15, 2Control signal 1Electronic call (conventional door entry system)ASC-050cod. 9730021Ctrl26, 2Control signal 2Buzzing callS S2 5Ctrl165A / 250V~Ctrl2 C NO NCCircuit 1CNONCCommonNormally open contactNormally closed contactImportant:Maximum values of the control circuit : 5A-250VDescription of connections:ACTIVATING BY CALLASC-050cod. 97300215A / 250V~S22 5 S5 6NOCtrl2 C NCCtrl1Telephones/MonitorsElectronic call5, 2TelephonesBuzzing call6, 2Additional elements187

ACTIVATING BY EXTERNAL CONTROL SIGNALASC-050cod. 9730021S22 5 S5 6Ctrl15A / 250V~Ctrl2 C NO NCControl signal 1Ctrl1,Control signal 2Ctrl2,Additional elementsRange of values of the control signalsCtrl 1,Ctrl 2,5 - 10 V11 - 15 V8 - 12 VCOMMON DOOR ACCESSORIESCOMMON DOOR ACCESSORY APC-001CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown.Description of terminals:cod.973000612 , 11Electric lock activation signals AC/DC12AC 12 , 11DC 12 , 11AC electric lockDC electric lockDescription of connections:cod.973000612DC electric lock11,1211,1211,1211,12 AC electric lockElectric lock signalsNote: To activate an AC electric lock, it is necessary that all the electric lock signals be AC.188

Connection of accessories in parallelTo concentrate the electric lock signal of more than 4 entrance panels or systems, several APC-001 accessories must be connectedin parallel.APC-001cod.9730006APC-001cod.9730006AC DC11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 12AC DC11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 12DC electric locksignalsAC electric locksignalsElectric lock signalsElectric locksignalsCALL ADAPTER ACCESSORIESCALL ADAPTER ACCESSORY AAL-001CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:AAL-001Cod.9730005V V 2 7 8 16 17Made in SpainV ,7 , 28 , 216 , 217 , 2Power supply voltageCommon push button terminal(electronic call)Common push button terminal(buzzing call)Housing estateSeveral points of entry189

Description of connections:Power supplyV~,Cod.9730005VVMade in SpainAudio unitV~27(Housing estates) 16(Several points of entryand housing estate)17ConnectionVVELECTRONIC MODULESELECTRONIC MODULES FOR INTERNAL COMMUNICATION INSTALLATIONSCONTROL EQUIPMENT GCI-001CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:230 VI1, I2Mains voltageInternal communication BUS230 V I2 I1Description of connections:Main voltage230 V~Telephone forinternal communicationI1 I2GCI-001cod. 9650001230 V I2 I1190

MODULATORS FOR TV DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSMODULATORS MDA-300, MDA-400CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:Video signal inputDC output voltageSW1TV channel outputDescription of connections:TV channel outputSW1BlackWhite-Black+_+ _ V1, MVideo unit. External power supply unitTCB-210191

ADJUSTMENTSelecting the output channelSelect the output channel. All modulators are equipped with aswitch with 10 microswitches which are used to define the TVstandard in use in different countries as well as the desired outputchannel.The following tables show the TV standards and the TV outputchannels which are defined according to the positions of the 10microswitches. Set the microswitches to the appropriate positionsto obtain the required TV standard and output channel.MDA-300 BIII MODULATORStandard B CCIR EUROPEMDA-300B CCIR EUROPE standardStandard I IRELANDMDA-300I IRELAND standardChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1ChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1ChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1ChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1STDSTDSTDSTD5S12DS126S13ES137S14FS148S15GS159S16HS1610S17IS1711S18JS1812S19S11S11S20Standard D OIRTMDA-300D OIRT standardStandard B ITALYMDA-300B ITALY standardChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1ChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1ChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1ChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1STDSTDSTDSTD6S12DS137S13ES148S14FS159S15GS1610S16HS1711S17H1S1812S18H2S19S11S20S11S20S12192

Standard I SOUTH AFRICAStandard D POLANDMDA-300I SOUTH AFRICA standardMDA-300D POLAND standardChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1ChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1ChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1ChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1STDSTDSTDSTD4126S105S147S116S158S127S169S138S1710S149S1811S151012S16S9S17MDA-400 UHF MODULATORTABLE SHOWING STANDARDSMDA-400STANDARDS TABLETABLE SHOWING CHANNELSMDA-400CHANNELS TABLEStandardONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1StandardONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1ChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1ChannelONCHANNELx10 x14 3 2 1 4 3 2 1STDSTDSTDSTDG CCIRI SOUTH AFRICA2146G ITALYK OIRT2247I UKK POLAND2348I IRELANDL FRANCE244925502651275228532954305531563257Adjusting the output level of the TV channelUse the potentiometers of the modulator if re-adjustment ofthe channel output level is required by your particular installation.33343536373839404142434445585960616263646566676869193

POWER SUPPLY UNITSPOWER SUPPLY ALA-040CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:Description of connections:ALA-040cod. 9620001230 VV ,Main voltageOutput voltage (AC)ALA-040cod. 9620001230 V V230 V V230 V, VElements requiring power supplyPOWER SUPPLY ALA-020CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:Description of connections:ALA-020cod. 9620002230 VV ,Main voltageOutput voltage (AC)ALA-020cod. 9620002230 V V230 V V230 V, VElements requiring power supplyPOWER SUPPLY ALM-040CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:Description of connections:230 VMain voltageALM-040cod. 9620011230 V VV ,,Output voltage (AC)Output voltage (DC)ALM-040cod. 9620011230 V V230 VElements requiring power supply194VElements requiring power supply

POWER SUPPLY ALM-080CONNECTIONSMake the terminal connections as shown. For more information consult the installation wiring diagrams at the back of this manual.Description of terminals:ALM-080cod. 9620013230 VV ,,, 11Main voltage(AC) output voltage(DC) output voltage(AC) output voltage230 V 11NCNO C Ctrl VCircuitCtrl,CNONCControl signalCommonNormally open contactNormally closed contactDescription of connections:Elements requiringpower supply+ -ALM-080cod. 9620013230 V~NC NO230 V 11C Ctrl V, V Elements requiring power supply11,12 Audio unitElectric lockRange of values of the control signalCtrl ,11 - 15 V8 - 12 V195

6DIAGRAMSGENERAL POINTS CONCERNING INSTALLATIONSPOWER SUPPLY UNITSRecuerdeRemember to protect the power supply units of the installation by complying with regulations in force governing electricalinstallations (keep away from strong magnetic fields and high temperature locations, ensure correct fusing, etc).Choose a dry, well-ventilated place away from direct sources of heat. Avoid blocking the ventilation slots.DISTRIBUTION OF THE VIDEO SIGNALIn video door entry systems, it is recommended that the video signal be distributed using tap-offs and splitters.If the installation does not permit distribution to be made with tap-offs, you can join the connection brackets in cascade.Next tap-offNext monitorConnection bracketdwelling 2DIV-024Connection bracketdwelling 2Connection bracketdwelling 1Connection bracketdwelling 1INSTALLATION WITH TAP-OFFINSTALLATION WITHOUT TAP-OFFWIRINGTo ensure the correct functioning of the installation, it is essential that the cable used be of the correct section and characteristics.POWER SUPPLYTo avoid problems with the audio caused by possible inductions between the power supply wires and the other wiring of the electronicdoor entry or video door entry system, it is recommended that a separate cable hose be used to feed the entrance panel.SECTIONSTwo factors directly affect which section of cable should be used: the distance between the different elements of the installation tobe connected; and the number of monitors, telephones and call wires associated to the same call wire.All the diagrams in the present chapter include a table showing the minimum size of sections which can be used, depending on thedistances and the number of devices which are to be installed in the dwelling.For distances different to those shown in the diagrams, consult the manufacturer.196

CHARACTERISTICS OF COAXIAL CABLEIn electronic video door entry installations where the video signal is transmitted via coaxial cable, use coaxial cable with a characteristicimpedance of 75 ohm to obtain a high-quality video signal and to ensure correct functioning.In addition, remember that the coaxial cable line of the installation should be charged with 75 ohm. The tap-offs and the connectionbrackets include a 75 ohm end-of-line resistor.CHARACTERISTICS OF TWISTED PAIRIn electronic video door entry installations where the video signal is transmitted via twisted pair, use twisted pair of category 5eor of equivalent characteristics to obtain a high-quality video signal and to ensure correct functioning.In addition, remember that the twisted pair line of the installation should be charged with 120 ohm. The tap-offs and the connectionbrackets include a 120 ohm end-of-line resistor.DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS. ELECTRONIC CALL.CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMSTANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for door entry installations with electronic call in buildings with a single point of entry.SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM5 5TEL-001LAST FLOORTEL-0015 5TEL-001GROUND FLOORTEL-0014+NALA-040 (230 V )230 VV(1)22POINTOF ENTRYMAN-410+MPD-004+CMO-004(3)1234SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres2 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17ABR-001(2)(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling197

STANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMTEL-001TEL-0011 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5CallCallTEL-001TEL-0011 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5CallCallALA-040Point of entryEntrance panelGRF-201230 V VMade in Spain3 2 J2230 V(1)V~ 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 7ABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls198

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for door entry installations in buildings with several points of entry.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelOne of the entrance panels must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed). The panels of the otherpoints of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audio units).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM55SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metresTEL-001LAST FLOORTEL-0011 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres5 5(3)12342 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17TEL-001GROUND FLOORTEL-001(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwellingALA-040 (230 V )4+NALA-040 (230 V )230 V V(1)22POINT OFENTRY 16+NPOINT OFENTRY 222(1)230 V V6+NNEXTPOINT OF ENTRY230 VVMAN-430+MPD-004+CMO-004MAN-430+MPD-004+CMO-004ABR-001(2)ABR-001(2)199

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMTEL-001TEL-0011 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5CallCallTEL-001TEL-0011 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5CallCallNextPointof entryJ1Point of entry 1Main entrance panelJ1Point of entry 2Secondary entrance panelALA-040ALA-040GRF-203GRF-203Made in SpainMade in Spain230 VVJ1J2230 VVJ1J2230 VV~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18230 VV~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18(1) (1)NextPoint of entryABR-001CallsABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls200Note: Make the same connectionsat all the secondary entrance panels

HOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY (GATE)CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for door entry installations in housing estates with 3 buildings, each building has a point of entry, andone external point of entry or gate used by all 3 buildings.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelThe entrance panels of the external point of entry must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed).The panels of the interior points of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audio units).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMBUILDING 1BUILDING 2 BUILDING 3555555TEL-001LAST FLOORTEL-001TEL-001LAST FLOORTEL-001TEL-001LAST FLOORTEL-0015 55 55 5TEL-001GROUND FLOORTEL-001TEL-001GROUND FLOORTEL-001TEL-001GROUND FLOORTEL-001ALA-040 (230 V )4+NALA-040 (230 V )4+NALA-040 (230 V )4+N230 V VPOINTOF ENTRY230 V VPOINTOF ENTRY230 V VPOINTOF ENTRY(1)22MAN-430+MPD-004+CMO-004(1)22MAN-430+MPD-004+CMO-004(1)22MAN-430+MPD-004+CMO-004ABR-001(2)ABR-001ABR-001(2)(2)6+N 6+N 6+NALA-040 (230 V )SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres230 V V1 mm 21.1 mm 172Up to 25 metres(1)ABR-001(2)2MAN-430 x 3+MPD-004 x 3+CMO-004 x 3+CEM-001 x 2EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres21 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 2222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 20(3)23 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 1824 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling201

VHOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY (GATE)CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAM OF THE EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY202(1) Use separate cable hoseABR-001CallsBUILDING 1Interior pointof entryCallsBUILDING 2Interior pointof entryCallsBUILDING 3Interior pointof entry(1) (1) (1)230 VV~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18230 VJ1J2 J1J2 J1J2Made in SpainMade in SpainMade in SpainGRF-203GRF-203GRF-203ALA-040J1External point of entryMain entrance panelJ1External point of entryMain entrance panelJ1External point of entryMain entrance panelBUILDING 1Interior point of entryBUILDING 2Interior point of entryBUILDING 3Interior point of entry

VVVHOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY (GATE)CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAM OF THE BUILDINGSTEL-001BUILDING 11 2 3 4 5CallJ1Interior point of entry. Building 1Secondary entrance panelGRF-203ALA-040Made in SpainJ1J2V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18230 V230 V(1)ABR-001BUILDING 1Externalpoint of entryCallsBUILDING 1(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls External point of entryBUILDING 1ALA-040 (230 V )230 V VABR-001BUILDING 2TEL-001CallJ1 J1Interior point of entryBuilding 2Secondaryentrance panelMAN-430+MPD-004+CMO-004ALA-040 (230 V )230 (1) V V(1)BUILDING 2Externalpoint of entryABR-001CallsBUILDING 2Calls External point of entryBUILDING 2Calls External point of entryBUILDING 3CallsBUILDING 3BUILDING 3Externalpoint of entryMAN-430+MPD-004+CMO-004Interior point of entryBuilding 3Secondaryentrance panelCallTEL-001BUILDING 3203

DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITH CONCIERGE UNITELECTRONIC CALL.CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMSTANDARD INSTALLATION WITH CONCIERGE UNITCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for door entry installations with electronic call in buildings with a single point of entry, controlled bya concierge.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelThe entrance panel of the building must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM5 5SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 21.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres(3)12340.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres2 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17TEL-001LAST FLOOR5 5TEL-001(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwellingTEL-001GROUND FLOORTEL-001ALA-040 (230 V )ALA-040 (230 V )4+N230 VV2POINTOF ENTRYCONCIERGE2230 VV(1)8+N(1)2MAN-430+MPD-009+CMO-010COA-010+CMO-010MAN-460+MPD-009+CMO-010+CEM-001ABR-001(2)204

VSTANDARD INSTALLATION WITH CONCIERGE UNITCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMCC2 CONECTOR - COLORSRED1 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5GREY(1) Use separate cable hoseCallCallTEL-001 TEL-001ALA-0401 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5230 V(1)230 VCallCallJ1Point of entry ConciergeALA-040GRF-203GRF-206230 V VJ1Made in SpainJ2 J1J2Made in Spain20(1)V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 181 2 3 4 2114 13V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18230 VCC2ABR-001Calls(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls205

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRY WITH CON-CIERGE UNITCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for door entry installations in buildings with several points of entry, controlled by a concierge.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelOne of the entrance panels must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed). The panels of the otherpoints of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audio units).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM5 5SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 21.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres(3)12340.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres2 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17TEL-001LAST FLOOR5 5TEL-001(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwellingTEL-001GROUND FLOORTEL-001ALA-040 (230 V )ALA-040 (230 V )ALA-040 (230 V )4+N230 VVNEXTPOINT OF ENTRY230 VV2POINT OFENTRY 2230 VV2POINT OFENTRY 1CONCIERGE2230 VV8+N(1)8+N(1)8+N(1)2MAN-430+MPD-009+CMO-0102MAN-430+MPD-009+CMO-010COA-010+CMO-010MAN-460+MPD-009+CMO-010+CEM-001ABR-001(2)ABR-001(2)206

VVINSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRY WITHCONCIERGE UNITCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMCallsCallsCallsCallsNext ABR-001Point of entryABR-001230 V230 VCC2(1) (1)V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 181 2 3 4 2114 13V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18230 VJ1J2 J1J2 J1J2230 V VMade in SpainMade in SpainMade in Spain20GRF-203GRF-203GRF-206ALA-040ALA-040J1J1Point of entry 2Secondary entrance panelPoint of entry 1Main entrance panel ConciergeNextPoint of entryCallCall(1)230 V230 V1 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5(1) Use separate cable hoseALA-040CallCallTEL-001 TEL-001GREYREDCC2 CONECTOR - COLORS1 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5207

DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS. BUZZING CALL.CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMSTANDARD INSTALLATION. BUZZING CALLCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for door entry installations with buzzing call in buildings with a single point of entry.SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM5 5TUN-001LAST FLOORTUN-0015 5TUN-001TUN-001GROUND FLOORALA-040 (230 V )230 VV(1)224+NPOINTOF ENTRYMAN-451+MPD-004+CMO-004(3)1234SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres2 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17ABR-001(2)(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling208

STANDARD INSTALLATION. BUZZING CALLCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMTUN-001TUN-001J1J11 2 3 4 5 61 2 3 4 5 6CallCallTUN-001TUN-001J1J11 2 3 4 5 61 2 3 4 5 6CallCallALA-040Point of entryEntrance panelGRF-205230 V V~Made in Spain3 2 J2230 V(1)V~ 9 10 11 12 0 1 2 3 4 7 8ABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls209

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRY. BUZZING CALLCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for door entry installations with buzzing call in buildings with several points of entry.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelOne of the entrance panels must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed). The panels of the otherpoints of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audio units).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM55SECTION TABLEAWGTUN-001LAST FLOORTUN-001Up to 50 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 20.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres5 5(3)12342 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17TUN-001GROUND FLOORTUN-001(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwellingALA-040 (230 V )4+NALA-040 (230 V )230 V V(1)2POINT OFENTRY 12 MAN-430+AAL-001+MPD-004+CMO-0046+NMAN-430+AAL-001+MPD-004+CMO-004POINT OFENTRY 222(1)230 V V6+NNEXTPOINT OF ENTRY230 V VABR-001(2)ABR-001(2)210

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRY. BUZZING CALLCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMNote: Make the same connectionsat all the secondary entrance panels(1) Use separate cable hoseCallsABR-001 Calls ABR-001NextPoint of entry(1)(1)230 V230 V230 V V230 V VALA-040ALA-040IN OUTV V2 7 8 16 17Made in SpainIN OUTV V2 7 8 16 17Made in SpainAAL-001Cod.9730005V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18AAL-001Cod.9730005J1J2 J1J2AAL-001 AAL-001Made in SpainMade in SpainGRF-203GRF-203J1J1NextPoint of entryPoint of entry 1Main entrance panelPoint of entry 2Secondary entrance panelCallCall1 2 3 4 5 61 2 3 4 5 6CallCallTUN-001 TUN-001J1J11 2 3 4 5 61 2 3 4 5 6TUN-001 TUN-001J1J1211

HOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY (GATE).BUZZING CALLCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for door entry installations with buzzing call in housing estates with 3 buildings, each building has apoint of entry, and one external point of entry or gate used by all 3 buildings.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelThe entrance panels of the external point of entry must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed).The panels of the interior points of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audio units).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMBUILDING 1 BUILDING 2 BUILDING 3555555TUN-001LAST FLOORTUN-001TUN-001LAST FLOORTUN-001TUN-001LAST FLOORTUN-0015 55 55 5TUN-001GROUND FLOORTUN-001TUN-001GROUND FLOORTUN-001TUN-001GROUND FLOORTUN-001ALA-040 (230 V )4+NALA-040 (230 V )4+NALA-040 (230 V )4+N230 V VPOINTOF ENTRY230 V VPOINTOF ENTRY2MAN-430+2MAN-430+(1)AAL-001+(1)AAL-001+(1)2MPD-0042MPD-004++CMO-004CMO-004230 V V22POINTOF ENTRYMAN-430+AAL-001+MPD-004+CMO-004ABR-001(2)ABR-001ABR-001(2)(2)6+N 6+N 6+NALA-040 (230 V )SECTION TABLEAWG230 V VUp to 50 metres(1)221 mm 20.5 mm 2Up to 25 metresUp to 100 metres1.1 mm 170.8 mm 20212ABR-001(2)MAN-430 x 3+AAL-001 x 3+MPD-004 x 3+CMO-004 x 3+CEM-001 x 2EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY(3)12342 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling

Made in SpainMade in SpainMade in SpainMade in SpainHOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY (GATE).BUZZING CALLCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAM OF THE EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRYBUILDING 1Interior point of entryBUILDING 2Interior point of entryJ1External point of entryMain entrance panelJ1External point of entryMain entrance panelGRF-203GRF-203AAL-001AAL-001Cod.9730005J1V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2J1V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2AAL-001AAL-001Cod.9730005IN OUTV V2 7 8 16 17IN OUTV V2 7 8 16 17ALA-040ALA-040230 V V 230 V V230 V(1)CallsBUILDING 1Interiorpoint of entryCallsBUILDING 2Interiorpoint of entry(1)230 VABR-001ABR-001(1) Use separate cable hose213

Made in SpainMade in SpainBUILDING 3Interior point of entryJ1External point of entryMain entrance panelGRF-203J1V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2AAL-001AAL-001Cod.9730005ALA-040IN OUTV V2 7 8 16 17230 V V230 V(1)CallsBUILDING 3Interiorpoint of entryABR-001(1) Use separate cable hose214

VVHOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY (GATE).BUZZING CALLCONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAM OF THE BUILDINGSAAL-001AAL-001Cod.9730005IN OUTV V2 7 8 16 17Made in SpainALA-040230 V V230 V(1)ABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseBUILDING 1TUN-001J11 2 3 4 5 6CallJ1Interior point of entry. Building 1Secondary entrance panelGRF-203Made in SpainJ1J2V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18BUILDING 1Externalpoint of entryCallsBUILDING 1Calls External point of entryBUILDING 1ALA-040 (230 V )230 V VABR-001BUILDING 2TUN-001CallJ1Interior point of entryBuilding 2Secondaryentrance panelMAN-430 ALA-040 (230 V )+AAL-001+MPD-004+230 (1) V V (1)CMO-004BUILDING 2Externalpoint of entryABR-001CallsBUILDING 2Calls External point of entryBUILDING 2J1Calls External point of entryBUILDING 3CallsBUILDING 3BUILDING 3Externalpoint of entryMAN-430+AAL-001+MPD-004+CMO-004Interior point of entryBuilding 3Secondaryentrance panelCallTUN-001BUILDING 3215

DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITH CONFIDENTIALITYFEATURE. ELECTRONIC CALL.CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMSTANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDING. CONFIDENTIALITY FEATURECONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for door entry installations with confidentiality feature in buildings with a single point of entry.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelThe entrance panel of the building must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM5 5TES-001LAST FLOORTES-0015 5TES-001TES-001GROUND FLOORALA-040 (230 V )230 VV(1)224+NPOINTOF ENTRYMAN-441+MPD-004+CMO-004(3)1234SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres2 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17ABR-001(2)(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling216

STANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDING. CONFIDENTIALITY FEATURECONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMTES-001TES-0011 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5CallCallTES-001TES-0011 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5CallCallALA-040J1Point of entryEntrance panelGRF-204230 V V19J1Made in SpainJ2230 V(1)V~ 9 10 11 12 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18ABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls217

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRY. CONFIDENTIALITYFEATURE.CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for door entry installations with confidentiality feature in buildings with several points of entry.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelOne of the entrance panels must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed). The panels of the otherpoints of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audio units).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM55SECTION TABLEAWGTES-001LAST FLOORTES-001Up to 50 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 20.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres5 5(3)12342 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17TES-001GROUND FLOORTES-001(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwellingALA-040 (230 V )4+NALA-040 (230 V )230 V V(1)22POINT OFENTRY 1MAN-441+MPD-004+CMO-0046+NMAN-441+MPD-004+CMO-004POINT OFENTRY 222(1)230 V V6+NNEXTPOINT OF ENTRY230 VVABR-001(2)ABR-001(2)218

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRY. CONFIDENTIALITYFEATURE.CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMTES-001TES-0011 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5CallCallTES-001TES-0011 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5CallCallNextPointof entryJ1Point of entry 1Main entrance panelJ1Point of entry 2Secondary entrance panelALA-040ALA-040GRF-204GRF-204230 VV19J1Made in SpainJ2230 VV19J1Made in SpainJ2230 VV~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18(1) 230 V(1)V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18NextPoint of entryABR-001CallsABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCallsNote: Make the same connectionsat all the secondary entrance panels219

HOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY (GATE).CONFIDENTIALITY FEATURECONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for door entry installations with confidentiality feature in housing estates with 3 buildings, each buildinghas a point of entry, and one external point of entry or gate used by all 3 buildings.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelThe entrance panels of the external point of entry must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed).The panels of the interior points of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audio units).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMBUILDING 1 BUILDING 2 BUILDING 3555555TES-001LAST FLOORTES-001TES-001LAST FLOORTES-001TES-001LAST FLOORTES-0015 55 55 5TES-001GROUND FLOORTES-001TES-001GROUND FLOORTES-001TES-001GROUND FLOORTES-001ALA-040 (230 V )4+NALA-040 (230 V )4+NALA-040 (230 V )4+N230 V VPOINTOF ENTRY230 V VPOINTOF ENTRY230 V VPOINTOF ENTRY(1)22MAN-441+MPD-004+CMO-004(1)22MAN-441+MPD-004+CMO-004(1)22MAN-441+MPD-004+CMO-004ABR-001(2)ABR-001ABR-001(2)(2)6+N 6+N 6+NALA-040 (230 V )SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres230 V V1 mm 21.1 mm 172Up to 25 metres220(1)ABR-001(2)2MAN-441 x 3+MPD-004 x 3+CMO-004 x 3+CEM-001 x 2EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres21 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 2222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 20(3)23 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 1824 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling

VHOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY (GATE).CONFIDENTIALITY FEATURECONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAM OF THE EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY(1) Use separate cable hoseABR-001CallsBUILDING 1Interior pointof entryCallsBUILDING 2Interior pointof entryCallsBUILDING 3Interior pointof entry230 V(1) (1) (1)230 VV~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 1819J1J2 J1J2 J1J2Made in Spain19Made in Spain19Made in SpainALA-040GRF-204GRF-204GRF-204J1External point of entryMain entrance panelJ1External point of entryMain entrance panelJ1External point of entryMain entrance panelBUILDING 1Interior point of entryBUILDING 2Interior point of entryBUILDING 3Interior point of entry221

VVVHOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY (GATE).CONFIDENTIALITY FEATURECONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAM OF THE BUILDINGSBUILDING 1TES-001BUILDING 2TES-0011 2 3 4 5CallCallJ1Interior point of entry. Building 1Secondary entrance panelGRF-204J1 J1230 VALA-040230 V(1)19J1Made in SpainV~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2 Interior point of entryBuilding 2Secondaryentrance panelALA-040 (230 V )230 V VMAN-441+MPD-004+CMO-004ALA-040 (230 V )230 (1) V V(1)BUILDING 1Externalpoint of entryABR-001BUILDING 2Externalpoint of entryABR-001ABR-001CallsBUILDING 1CallsBUILDING 2(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls External point of entryBUILDING 1Calls External point of entryBUILDING 2222Calls External point of entryBUILDING 3CallsBUILDING 3BUILDING 3Externalpoint of entryMAN-441+MPD-004+CMO-004Interior point of entryBuilding 3Secondaryentrance panelCallTES-001BUILDING 3

1 2 347 8 9C 01 2 347 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 347 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 0INSTALLATIONS WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONSTANDARD INSTALLATION WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONCONVENTIONAL SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for internal communication installations with electronic call and internal communication channel, withcomplete confidentiality, between different points or rooms in the same or in different dwellings.RemarksAssigning a extension number to each telephoneA different extension number is assigned to each telephone with internal communication. (See in chapter 5 the adjustment instructionsof telephone for internal communication).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMTIN-001TIN-001TIN-001112222GCI-001230 V I2 I1SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres0.25 mm 2 0.6 mm 221 mm 2 1.1 mm 17STANDARD INSTALLATION WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONCONVENTIONAL SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMTIN-001TIN-001TIN-0015 65 65 61 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I11 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I11 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I1GCI-001230 V I2 I1230 V223

1 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 0STANDARD ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATION IN DETACHED HOUSEWITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TELEPHONESCONVENTIONAL SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for electronic door entry system with electronic call in detached houses with a single point of entry wherethe possibility of internal communication is required between a number of telephones in the house. Characteristics of the internalcommunication: electronic call and and internal communication channel, with complete confidentiality.RemarksAssigning a extension number to each telephoneA different extension number is assigned to each telephone with internal communication. (See in chapter 5 the adjustment instructionsof telephone for internal communication).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMTIN-0015TIN-0015TIN-001112222SECTION TABLEAWGALA-040 (230 V )5GCI-0011 mm 2Up to 50 metresUp to 25 metres1.1 mm 17230 V V(1)ABR-001(2)22POINTOF ENTRYMAN-410+MPS-001+CMO-002230 V I2 I10.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 2221 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 2222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 20(3) 32 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 1824 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling224

1 2 347 8 9C 01 2 347 8 9C 01 2 347 8 9C 0STANDARD ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATION IN DETACHED HOUSEWITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TELEPHONESCONVENTIONAL SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMTIN-001TIN-001TIN-0015 65 65 61 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I11 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I11 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I1CallGCI-001ALA-040Point of entryEntrance panel230 V I2 I1GRF-201230 V230 V VMade in Spain3 2 J2V~ 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 7230 V(1)CallABR-001(1) Use separate cable hose225

1 2 34 5 67 8 9C 02 34 5 67 8 9C 0STANDARD ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITHINTERNAL COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE TELEPHONES IN ONE OF THEDWELLINGSCONVENTIONAL SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for electronic door entry system with electronic call in buildings with a single point of entry where thepossibility of internal communication is required between the telephones of one dwelling. Characteristics of the internal communication:electronic call and and internal communication channel, with complete confidentiality.RemarksAssigning a extension number to each telephoneA different extension number is assigned to each telephone with internal communication. (See in chapter 5 the adjustment instructionsof telephone for internal communication).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM5TEL-001LAST FLOOR1551252TIN-001TIN-001TEL-001GROUND FLOORALA-040 (230 V )230 V V(1)22ABR-001(2)4+NMAN-410+MPD-004+CMO-004POINTOF ENTRY2230 V I2 I1GCI-001SECTION TABLE1 mm 2Up to 50 metresAWG1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 2221 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 2222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 20(3) 32 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 1824 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling226

1 2 347 8 9C 0STANDARD ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITHINTERNAL COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE TELEPHONES IN ONE OF THEDWELLINGSCONVENTIONAL SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMTEL-001TEL-0011 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5CallCallTIN-0015 61 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I11 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I1CallALA-040Point of entryEntrance panelGRF-201GCI-001Made in Spain230 VV3 2 J2230 VV~ 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 7230 V I2 I1(1)230 VABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls227

1 2 34 5 67 8 9C 02 34 5 67 8 9C 0ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTSOF ENTRY WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE TELEPHONES INONE OF THE DWELLINGSCONVENTIONAL SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for electronic door entry system with electronic call in buildings with several points of entry where thepossibility of internal communication is required between the telephones of one dwelling. Characteristics of the internal communication:electronic call and and internal communication channel, with complete confidentiality.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelOne of the entrance panels must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed). The panels of the otherpoints of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audio units).Assigning a extension number to each telephoneA different extension number is assigned to each telephone with internal communication. (See in chapter 5 the adjustment instructionsof telephone for internal communication).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM5SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 21.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 20.8 mm 20TEL-001LAST FLOORUp to 100 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 225512TIN-001512TIN-001(3)12342 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwellingTEL-001GROUND FLOOR2GCI-001230 V I2 I1ALA-040 (230 V )4+NALA-040 (230 V )230 V V2POINT OFENTRY 1230 V V2POINT OFENTRY 2230 VNEXTPOINT OF ENTRY(1)6+N (1)6+N22ABR-001(2)MAN-430+MPD-004+CMO-004ABR-001(2)MAN-430+MPD-004+CMO-004228

Made in SpainMade in Spain1 2 347 8 9C 0ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OFENTRY WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE TELEPHONES IN ONE OFTHE DWELLINGSCONVENTIONAL SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMTEL-001TEL-0011 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5CallCallTIN-0015 61 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I11 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I1GCI-001230 V I2 I1230 VCallNextpoint of entryJ1Point of entry 1Main entrance panelJ1Point of entry 2Secondary entrance panelALA-040ALA-040GRF-203GRF-203230 VVJ1J2230 VVJ1J2230 VV~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18230 VV~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18(1) (1)Nextpoint of entryABR-001CallsABR-001Calls(1) Use separate cable hoseNote: Make the same connectionsat all the secondary entrance panels229

VIDEO DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS. ELECTRONIC CALLCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMSTANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for conventional video door entry installations in buildings with a single point of entry.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelThe entrance panel of the building must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM5DIV-0242MVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010LAST FLOORCOAX5DIV-0242MVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010GROUND FLOORSECTION TABLEUp to 25 metresAWGALM-040 (230 V )24+NCOAX1 mm 20.5 mm 21.1 mm 170.8 mm 20230 V V230 V V2ALA-040 (230 V )2POINT OF ENTRYMDN-441MDN-442+MPS-004+CMO-0062(3)1234Up to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 Ω1 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1)ABR-001(2)(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwelling230

Made in SpainSTANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMBJ1DIV-02475 OhmR1V1MMV1MMM24252627281 2 3 4 5SCM-010CallBJ1DIV-024R1V1MMV1MM24252627281 2 3 4 5SCM-010Call75 OhmPoint of entryEntrance panelV2 M M V2V1 M M V4White19 + _J1TCB-011TCB-021GRF-204ALA-040ALM-040Red19J1J2GRF-204V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18230 V V~230 V V~230 V230 V(1)(1) Use separate cable hoseABR-001Calls231

STANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDING: DISTRIBUTION IN 3 COLUMNSCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for conventional video door entry installations in buildings with a single point of entry, with three separaterisers or staircases.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelThe entrance panel of the building must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM5DIV-024 5DIV-0245DIV-024222MVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010LAST FLOORMVB-001MVB-001MVC-001MVC-001COAX +SCM-010COAX +SCM-010COAX5DIV-0245DIV-0245DIV-024222MVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010GROUND FLOORMVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010MVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010ALM-040 (230 V )COAXDIV-124COAXCOAX230 V V22ALA-040 (230 V )2 4+NPOINTOF ENTRYCOAXSECTION TABLEUp to 25 metresAWG230 V V(1)2MDN-441MDN-442+MPD-004+CMO-0062ABR-001(2)(3)12341 mm 2 1.1 mm 170.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 Ω1 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwelling232

Made in SpainSTANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDING: DISTRIBUTION IN 3 COLUMNSCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMBJ1DIV-02475 OhmV1MMV12425262728R1MMMSCM-010DIV-024SCM-010DIV-0241 2 3 4 5SCM-010CallSCM-010SCM-010BJ1DIV-024V1MMV1R1MMDIV-024DIV-124P1DIV-0242425262728M15VM1 2 3 4 5SCM-010Call75 OhmV2 M M V2V1 M M V4Point of entryEntrance panelWhite19+ _J1TCB-011TCB-021TCB-011ALM-040Red19J1GRF-204J2GRF-204V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18230 V V~230 VALA-040230 V V~230 V(1)ABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls233

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for conventional video door entry installations in buildings with several points of entry, each equippedwith the video system.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelOne of the entrance panels must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed). The panels of the otherpoints of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audio units).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM5DIV-024SECTION TABLEAWGMVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010LAST FLOOR2COAXUp to 25 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 170.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 Ω1 mm 2 1.1 mm 1725DIV-024(3)12340.25 mm0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17MVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010GROUND FLOOR2(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingALM-040 (230 V )24+NCOAXALM-040 (230 V ) ALA-040 (230 V )230 V V22ALA-040 (230 V )230 V VPOINT OFENTRY 12COAX6+NPOINT OFENTRY 2222230 V V(1)230 V VCOAX6+NNEXTPOINT OF ENTRY(1)2MDN-441MDN-442+MPS-004+CMO-006ABR-001(2)MDN-441MDN-442+MPS-004+CMO-006ABR-001(2)234

Made in SpainMade in SpainINSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMBJ1DIV-02475 OhmV1MMV1R1MMM24252627281 2 3 4 5SCM-010CallBJ1DIV-024V1MMV1R1MM24252627281 2 3 4 5SCM-010Call75 OhmPoint of entry 1Main entrance panelV2 M M V2V1 M M V4ALM-040230 V V~Point of entry 2Secondary entrance panelV2 M M V2V1 M M V4WhiteRedALM-04019+19WhiteRed19+ _19J1J1TCB-011GRF-204TCB-011TCB-021J2230 VWhite19+WhiteRed19+ _19J1J1TCB-011TCB-021TCB-011GRF-204J2NextPoint of entry230 V V~V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Red19V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18230 VNextPoint of entryALA-040ALA-040230 V V~230 V V~230 V230 V(1)ABR-001(1)(1) Use separate cable hoseCallsNote: Make the same connectionsat all the secondary entrance panelsABR-001NextPoint of entryCalls235

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH 2 POINTS OF ENTRY:1 WITH VIDEO, 1 WITH AUDIOCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for conventional video door entry installations in buildings with two points of entry; one equipped witha video system, the other with an audio system.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelConfigure the entrance panel with the video system as the main panel (J1 jumper inserted). This panel will be the one whichbecomes active when the auto switch-on feature is activated from the monitor in the dwelling. The panel at the other point of entrymust be configured as the secondary panel (with the J1 jumper removed from its audio unit).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMMVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010LAST FLOORMVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010GROUND FLOOR5252DIV-024COAXDIV-024(3)1234SECTION TABLE1 mm 20.5 mm 2Up to 25 metresUp to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 ΩAWG1.1 mm 170.8 mm 201 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingALM-040 (230 V )24+N230 V V22COAXPOINT OFENTRY 1POINT OFENTRY 2ALA-040 (230 V )230 V VALA-040 (230 V )6+N2(1)22230 V V(1)2MDN-441MDN-442+MPS-004+CMO-006ABR-001(2)MAN-441+MPS-004+CMO-004ABR-001(2)236

Made in SpainMade in SpainINSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH 2 POINTS OF ENTRY:1 WITH VIDEO, 1 WITH AUDIOCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMBJ1DIV-02475 OhmV1MMV1R1MMM24252627281 2 3 4 5SCM-010CallBJ1DIV-024V1MMV1R1MM24252627281 2 3 4 5SCM-010White19Call+White75 Ohm19 + _Point of entry 1Main entrance panelV2 M M V2V1 M M V4TCB-011TCB-021Point of entry 2Secondary entrance panelTCB-011RedALM-04019Red19J1GRF-204J1J219J1J1GRF-204J2V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18230 V V~230 VALA-040ALA-040230 V V~230 V V~230 V(1)ABR-001230 V(1)ABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCallsCalls237

HOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS WITH VIDEO. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OFENTRY (GATE) WITH AUDIOCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for conventional video door entry installations in housing estates with 3 buildings, each building hasa point of entry with video system, and one external point of entry or gate used by all 3 buildings, with audio system.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelThe entrance panels of the external point of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audiounits). The panels of the interior points of entry must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed). Thesepanels will be which become active when the auto switch-on feature is activated from the monitor of the dwelling in each building.SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMBUILDING 1 BUILDING 2 BUILDING 35DIV-0245DIV-0245DIV-024222MVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010COAXMVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010COAXMVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010COAXLAST FLOORLAST FLOORLAST FLOOR5DIV-0245DIV-0245DIV-024222MVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010GROUND FLOORMVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010GROUND FLOORMVB-001MVC-001+SCM-010GROUND FLOORALM-040 (230 V )24+NALM-040 (230 V )24+NALM-040 (230 V )24+NCOAXCOAXCOAX230 V V2 MDN-4412 MDN-4412MDN-442MDN-442++ALA-040 (230 V )MPS-004+ALA-040 (230 V )MPS-004+ALA-040 (230 V )CMO-006CMO-00622230 V V2POINTOF ENTRY230 V V230 V V2POINTOF ENTRY230 V V230 V V2POINTOF ENTRYMDN-441MDN-442+MPS-004+CMO-0062222(1)(1)(1)ABR-001(2)6+N6+NABR-001(2)6+NABR-001(2)ALA-040 (230 V )SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 25 metres230 V V(1)221 mm 21.1 mm 170.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 Ω238ABR-001(2)MAN-441 x 3+MPS-004 x 3+CMO-004 x 3+CEM-001 x 2EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY(3)12341 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwelling

VHOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS WITH VIDEO. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OFENTRY (GATE) WITH AUDIOCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAM OF THE EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY(1) Use separate cable hoseABR-001CallsBUILDING 1Interior pointof entryCallsBUILDING 2Interior pointof entryCallsBUILDING 3Interior pointof entry(1) (1) (1)230 V230 VV~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J1J2 J1J2J1J219Made in Spain19Made in Spain19Made in SpainALA-040GRF-204GRF-204GRF-204J1 J1 J1External point of entrySecondary entrance panelExternal point of entrySecondary entrance panelExternal point of entrySecondary entrance panelBUILDING 1Interior point of entryBUILDING 2Interior point of entryBUILDING 3Interior point of entry239

19J1HOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS WITH VIDEO. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OFENTRY (GATE) WITH AUDIOCONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAM OF THE BUILDINGSBUILDING 1B J1DIV-024R1B J1M MV1MMR1V124252627281 2 3 4 5SCM-010SCM-010CallInterior point of entry75 OhmBuilding 1Main entrance panelWhite19+WhiteV2 M M V2V1 M M V419 + _Redcod. 9610015J1TCB-011TCB-021ALM-040Red19Made in SpainGRF-204V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2ALM-040230 V V~230 V V~230 V230 VALA-040ALA-040230 V V~230 V(1)ABR-001BUILDING 1Externalpoint of entry230 V V~230 VCallsBUILDING 1(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls External point of entryBUILDING 1(1)Call240Calls External point of entryBUILDING 2Calls External point of entryBUILDING 3CallsBUILDING 2CallsBUILDING 3230 V(1)MDN-441MDN-442+MPS-004+CMO-006ABR-001 BUILDING 2Externalpoint of entryMDN-441MDN-442+MPS-004+CMO-006ABR-001 BUILDING 3Externalpoint of entry230 V V~ALA-040230 V230 V V~J1 J1ALM-040Interior point of entryBuilding 2Main entrance panelInterior point of entryBuilding 3Main entrance panelCallSCM-010R1DIV-024DIV-024B J1BUILDING 2BUILDING 3

DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1VIDEO DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS. ELECTRONIC CALLCONVENTIONAL 6+N+TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMSTANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGCONVENTIONAL 6+N+ TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for conventional video door entry installations in buildings with a single point of entry.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelThe entrance panel of the building must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMMVB-001MVC-001+SCM-020LAST FLOOR

cod. 9610001STANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGCONVENTIONAL 6+N+ TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMBJ1T1+T1T1T1+DIV-034cod.9730015DIV-034R124252627T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1SCM-0201 2 3 4 5120 OhmBJ1R1T1+T1T1T1+24252627CallDIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-0341 2 3 4 5SCM-020ALM-040Call2x220 Ohm Point of entryEntrance panel230 V V~T2+ T2- T2- T2+T1+ T1- T4-T4+230 VALA-0401919 J1TCB-040TCB-050230 V V~J119Made in SpainGRF-204V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2230 V(1)ABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls242

DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T112 V+V15 VDIV-134cod.9730016T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1STANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDING: DISTRIBUTION IN 3 COLUMNSCONVENTIONAL 6+N+ TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for conventional video door entry installations in buildings with a single point of entry, with three separaterisers or staircases.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelThe entrance panel of the building must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM

STANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDING: DISTRIBUTION IN 3 COLUMNSCONVENTIONAL 6+N+ TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMDIV-034cod.9730015SCM-020120 OhmCallDIV-034cod.9730015SCM-020ALM-040Call230 V V~2x220 OhmDIV-134cod.9730016230 VALA-040cod. 9610001Made in SpainJ230 V V~230 V(1)ABR-001244(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls

BJ1R1T1+T1T1T1+DIV-034DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T124252627SCM-0201 2 3 4 5120 OhmDIV-034DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1BJ1R1T1+T1T1T1+24252627CallSCM-0201 2 3 4 5GRF-204Audio unitALM-040Power supply unitCallDIV-134Splitter245

DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYCONVENTIONAL 6+N+ TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for conventional video door entry installations in buildings with several points of entry, each equippedwith the video system.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelOne of the entrance panels must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed). The panels of the otherpoints of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audio units).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM

cod. 9610001INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYCONVENTIONAL 6+N+ TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMDIV-034cod.9730015DIV-034BJ1T1+T1T1T1+T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1R124252627120 OhmSCM-0201 2 3 4 5CallALM-040DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034BJ1R1T1+T1T1T1+24252627230 V V~SCM-0201 2 3 4 5Call230 VNextPoint of entryPoint of entry 1Main entrance panelALA-040Point of entry 2Secondary entrance panel220 OhmALA-040T2+ T2- T2- T2+T1+ T1- T4-T4+230 V V~T2+ T2- T2- T2+T1+ T1- T4-T4+19TCB-0401919 J1 J1TCB-05019J1J1TCB-040TCB-050230 V V~230 V19J1Made in SpainGRF-204V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2(1)J119Made in SpainGRF-204V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2NextPoint of entry(1)230 VNextPoint of entryABR-001CallsABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCallsNote: Make the same connectionsat all the secondary entrance panels247

DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH 2 POINTS OF ENTRY:1 WITH VIDEO, 1 WITH AUDIOCONVENTIONAL 6+N+ TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for conventional video door entry installations in buildings with two points of entry; one equipped witha video system, the other with an audio system.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelConfigure the entrance panel with the video system as the main panel (J1 jumper inserted). This panel will be the one which becomesactive when the auto switch-on feature is activated from the monitor in the dwelling. The panel at the other point of entry mustbe configured as the secondary panel (with the J1 jumper removed from its audio unit).SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH 2 POINTS OF ENTRY:1 WITH VIDEO, 1 WITH AUDIOCONVENTIONAL 6+N+ TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMDIV-034cod.9730015DIV-034BJ1T1+T1T1T1+T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1R124252627120 OhmSCM-0201 2 3 4 5DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1BJ1T1+T1T1T1+CallALM-040DIV-034R124252627SCM-0201 2 3 4 5230 VV~Call230 VPoint of entry 1Main entrance panel220 OhmALA-040T2+ T2- T2- T2+T1+ T1- T4-T4+19J119J1TCB-040TCB-050ALA-040Point of entry 2Secondary entrance panel230 VV~cod. 9610001230 V V~J1230 VJ119Made in SpainGRF-204V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2(1)19J1Made in SpainGRF-204V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2(1)230 VABR-001CallsABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls249

DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1HOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS WITH VIDEO. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OFENTRY (GATE) WITH AUDIOCONVENTIONAL 6+N+ TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for conventional video door entry installations in housing estates with 3 buildings, each building has apoint of entry with video system, and one external point of entry or gate used by all 3 buildings, with audio system.RemarksDetermining the main entrance panelThe entrance panels of the external point of entry must be configured as secondary panels (remove the J1 jumper from audiounits). The panels of the interior points of entry must be configured as the main panel (audio unit with J1 jumper installed). Thesepanels will be which become active when the auto switch-on feature is activated from the monitor of the dwelling in each building.SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMBUILDING 1 BUILDING 2 BUILDING 3

VHOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS WITH VIDEO. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OFENTRY (GATE) WITH AUDIOCONVENTIONAL 6+N+ TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAM OF THE EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY(1) Use separate cable hoseABR-001CallsBUILDING 1Interior pointof entryCallsBUILDING 2Interior pointof entryCallsBUILDING 3Interior pointof entry(1)(1) (1)230 V230 VV~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J1J2 J1J2 J1J219Made in Spain19Made in Spain19Made in SpainGRF-204GRF-204GRF-204ALA-040J1 J1 J1External point of entrySecondary entrance panelExternal point of entrySecondary entrance panelExternal point of entrySecondary entrance panelBUILDING 1Interior point of entryBUILDING 2Interior point of entryBUILDING 3Interior point of entry251

HOUSING ESTATE WITH 3 BUILDINGS WITH VIDEO. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OFENTRY (GATE) WITH AUDIOCONVENTIONAL 6+N+ TWISTED PAIR SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAM OF THE BUILDINGSB J1T1+T1T1T1+R1242526271 2 3 4 5SCM-020ALM-040Call230 V V~230 VALA-040230 V V~230 V(1)ABR-001(1) Use separate cable hose252Calls External point of entryBUILDING 1Calls External point of entryBUILDING 2Calls External point of entryBUILDING 3CallsBUILDING 1ABR-001ABR-001CallsBUILDING 2CallsBUILDING 3BUILDING 1Externalpoint of entry230 V(1)BUILDING 2Externalpoint of entry230 V(1)BUILDING 3Externalpoint of entry230 V V~230 V V~ALA-040ALA-040230 VMDN-444MDN-445+MPS-004+CMO-006230 VMDN-444MDN-445+MPS-004+CMO-006230 V V~230 V V~GRF-204V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 1819J1J2Made in SpainALM-040ALM-040J1 J1cod. 9610001J1Interior point of entryBuilding 2Main entrance panelInterior point of entryBuilding 3Main entrance panel1919J1TCB-040TCB-050T2+ T2- T2- T2+T1+ T1- T4- T4+CallCallInterior point of entry2x220 Ohm Building 1Main entrance panelSCM-020SCM-020T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-034cod.9730015DIV-034cod.9730015R1R1DIV-034 DIV-034T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1B J1B J1DIV-034cod.9730015DIV-034BUILDING 1 BUILDING 2 BUILDING 3

EXTENSION OF THE INSTALLATIONSEXTENSION OF THE INSTALLATION WITH TELEPHONESDOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSUseIt is possible to extend the installation in a dwelling by adding telephones, to a maximum of 4 telephones. Each telephone will beable to receive calls, communicate with the entrance panel and open the street door..OperationThe electronic call signal is shared by all the telephones. By respecting the sections indicated in this technical manual, it is possibleto install up to 4 telephones.All the telephones receive the call simultaneously.DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS. ELECTRONIC CALLSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres(1)2342 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 175 5 5(1) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwellingTEL-001TEL-001TEL-001WIRED DIAGRAM(1)234SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling1 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5TEL-001253

DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITH CONCIERGE UNIT. ELECTRONIC CALLSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres(1)2342 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 175 5 5(1) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwellingTEL-001TEL-001TEL-001WIRED DIAGRAM(1)234SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling1 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5TEL-001DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS. BUZZING CALLSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres(1)2342 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 175 5 5(1) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwellingTUN-001TUN-001TUN-001254

WIRED DIAGRAM(1)234SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwellingJ1J1J11 2 3 4 5 61 2 3 4 5 61 2 3 4 5 6TUN-001DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITH CONFIDENTIALITY FEATURESINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres(1)2342 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 175 5 5(1) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwellingTES-001TES-001TES-001WIRED DIAGRAM(1)234SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling1 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5TES-001255

1 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 34 5 67 8 9C 0DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM(1)234SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling55 51 2 34 5 67 8 9C 0121 2 34 5 67 8 9C 01 2 31 14 5 67 8 9C 02 2TIN-001TIN-001TIN-001WIRED DIAGRAM(1)234SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling1 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I11 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I1 1 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I1TIN-001TIN-001TIN-001256

VIDEO DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSUseIt is possible to extend the installation in a dwelling by adding telephones, to a maximum of 4 devices per dwelling (devices aretelephones and monitors). Each telephone will be able to receive calls, communicate with the entrance panel and open the streetdoor.OperationThe electronic call signal is shared by all the monitors and telephones. By respecting the sections indicated in this technical manual,it is possible to install up to 4 devices (devices are telephones and monitors).All the devices receive the call simultaneously.CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM 6+N+COAXIALSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMCOAXIAL5 5 525TES-001TES-001SECTION TABLEAWGTES-001SCM-010+MVB-001MVC-001Up to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 Ω(1)2341 mm 2 21.1 mm 170.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17WIRED DIAGRAM(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingSECTION TABLEUp to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 ΩAWGA BCC1J11.1 mm 1721 mm 2 2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 20(1)342 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingMVB-001MVC-001SCM-010V1MMV1R11 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 524252627281 2 3 4 5TES-001257

CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM 6+N+TWISTED PAIRSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMTWISTED PAIR25 5 55TES-001SECTION TABLEUp to 100 metresAWGSCM-020+MVB-001MVC-001UTP CAT 5E(1)2341 mm 2 21.1 mm 170.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingWIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEUp to 100 metresUTP CAT 5EAWGA BCC1J11 mm 2 1.1 mm 1722 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 2023 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18(1)2 4 1 mm 1.1 mm 17MVB-001 SCM-020 T1+MVC-001T1-(1) Section according to the numberT1-of devices in the dwellingT1+R11 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 524252627281 2 3 4 5TES-001258

EXTENSION OF THE INSTALLATION WITH MONITORSUseIt is possible to extend the installation in a dwelling by adding more monitors, to a maximum of 4. Each monitor will have thesame features as the original monitor: auto switch-on, reception of calls, showing of image on screen, communication with the entrancepanel, and door-opening.OperationThe electronic call signal is shared by all the monitors. By respecting the sections indicated in this technical manual, it is possibleto install up to 4 monitors.All the monitors receive the call simultaneously.EXTENSION OF THE INSTALLATION WITH 1 MONITORCONVENTIONAL SYSTEM 6+N+COAXIALSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMINSTALLATION WITH TAP-OFFSecond monitorINSTALLATION WITHOUT TAP-OFFFirst monitorCOAXIALFirst monitorSecond monitorDIV-024COAXIAL COAXIAL COAXIAL0.5 mm 2 22225555ALM-040 (230 V ) ALM-040 (230 V )230 V V230 V V22SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 Ω1 mm 2 1.1 mm 170.8 mm 20259

WIRED DIAGRAMINSTALLATION WITH TAP-OFFSecond monitorFirst monitorCC1A B J1BJ1CC1A B J1BJ175 OhmR1SCM-010R1SCM-010V1MMV1V1MMV1MMMDIV-024242526272824252627281 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5ALM-040230 V V~230 V75 OhmINSTALLATION WITHOUT TAP-OFFV2 M M V2V1 M M V4A J1AJ1TCB-011TCB-021TCB-011R1R1GRF-204Made in SpainJ2SCM-010SCM-010V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18260

DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM 6+N+TWISTED PAIRSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMINSTALLATION WITH TAP-OFFINSTALLATION WITHOUT TAP-OFFSecond monitorTWISTEDPAIRFirst monitor25230 V VSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metresUTP CAT 5E0.5 mm 21 mm 2 1.1 mm 170.8 mm 20TWISTEDPAIR225DIV-034Second monitorTWISTEDPAIR2ALM-040 (230 V ) ALM-040 (230 V )1 15First monitor230 V VTWISTEDPAIR225261

WIRED DIAGRAMINSTALLATION WITH TAP-OFFSecondmonitorFirstmonitorCC1A B J1BJ1A BCC1J1BJ1R1SCM-020T1+T1-T1-T1+T1+T1-T1+R1SCM-020DIV-034cod.9730015T1- T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1DIV-03424252627282425262728120 Ohm1 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5ALM-040230 V V~INSTALLATION WITHOUT TAP-OFF230 V2x220 OhmA J1AJ1T2+ T2- T2- T2+T1+ T1- T4-T4+R1R119J1TCB-040TCB-050GRF-204Made in SpainSCM-020SCM-020J2V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18262

EXTENSION OF THE INSTALLATION WITH 3 MONITORSRemarksThe power supply unit which is shown in the diagrams of this manual feeding the video system of the monitors can feed up to 2monitors per dwelling. If 3 or 4 monitors are installed in a dwelling, an additional ALM-040 power supply unit will be required.CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM 6+N+COAXIALSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMINSTALLATION WITH TAP-OFFFourth monitorCOAXIALThird monitorCOAXIALSecond monitorCOAXIALFirst monitorCOAXIALDIV-02422225555ALM-040 (230 V )ALM-040 (230 V )230 V V230 V V22INSTALLATION WITHOUT TAP-OFFFourth monitorCOAXIALThird monitorCOAXIALSecond monitorCOAXIALFirst monitorCOAXIAL22225555ALM-040 (230 V )ALM-040 (230 V )SECTION TABLE230 V V230 V VUp to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 ΩAWG221 mm 2 21.1 mm 171 mm 1.1 mm 17263

R1WIRED DIAGRAMA J1A J1A J1R1SCM-010SCM-010SCM-010SCM-010A J1INSTALLATION WITH TAP-OFFFourthmonitorThirdmonitorCC1A B J1B J1CC1A B J1B J1R1V1MMV1SCM-010 R1SCM-010V1MMV1242526272824252627281 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5INSTALLATION WITHOUT TAP-OFFR1R1V1MMV12425262728CC1A B J1B J1R11 2 3 4 5SecondmonitorSCM-010ALM-040230 V V~230 VFirstmonitorCC1A B J1B J1V1MMV1R1SCM-010M24252627281 2 3 4 5ALM-040230 V V~230 V75 OhmV2 M M V2V1 M M V4TCB-011TCB-021TCB-011GRF-204Made in SpainJ2V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18M264DIV-024M75 Ohm

DIV-034cod.9730015T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM 6+N+TWISTED PAIRSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMINSTALLATION WITH TAP-OFFFourth monitorTWISTEDPAIRThird monitorTWISTEDPAIRSecond monitorTWISTEDPAIRFirst monitorTWISTEDPAIRDIV-03422225555ALM-040 (230 V )ALM-040 (230 V )230 V V230 V V2211INSTALLATION WITHOUT TAP-OFFFourth monitorTWISTEDPAIRThird monitorTWISTEDPAIRSecond monitorTWISTEDPAIRFirst monitorTWISTEDPAIR22225555ALM-040 (230 V )ALM-040 (230 V )SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metresUTP CAT 5E1 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 1 mm 1.1 mm 17230 V V230 V V2211265

R1WIRED DIAGRAMA J1A J1A J1R1SCM-020SCM-020SCM-020SCM-020A J1INSTALLATION WITH TAP-OFFFourthmonitorThirdmonitorCC1A B J1B J1CC1A B J1B J1R1SCM-020 R1SCM-020T1+T1+T1-T1-T1+T1-T1-T1+242526272824252627281 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5INSTALLATION WITHOUT TAP-OFFR1R1T1+T1-T1-T1+2425262728CC1A B J1B J1R11 2 3 4 5SecondmonitorSCM-020ALM-040230 V V~230 V266V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2Made in SpainGRF-20419J1TCB-040TCB-050T2+ T2- T2- T2+T1+ T1- T4- T4+2x220 Ohm230 V230 V V~ALM-0401 2 3 4 52425262728120 OhmT1+T1- T1+ T1 T1 T1+ T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1 T1+ T1T1+T1-DIV-034cod.9730015R1SCM-020DIV-034CC1A B J1B J1Firstmonitor

EXTENSION OF THE INSTALLATION WITH CALL EXTENSIONSDOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSUseIt is possible to extend the installation in a dwelling by adding call extensions, to a maximum of 3 devices per dwelling (wheredevices are call extensions and telephones). Each call extension will be able to receive calls.OperationThe electronic call signal is shared by the call extensions and telephones. By respecting the sections indicated in this technicalmanual, it is possible to install up to 3 devices (where devices are telephones and call extensions).All the devices receive the call simultaneously.DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS. ELECTRONIC CALLSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM(1)23SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingAAL-2002 5TEL-001WIRED DIAGRAM(1)23SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwelling2 51 2 3 4 5AAL-200TEL-001267

DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITH CONCIERGE UNIT. ELECTRONIC CALLSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM(1)23SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingAAL-2002 5TEL-001WIRED DIAGRAM(1)23SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwelling2 51 2 3 4 5AAL-200TEL-001DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS. BUZZING CALLSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM(1)23SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingAAL-2102 5TUN-001268

WIRED DIAGRAM(1)23SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingJ12 61 2 3 4 5 6AAL-210TUN-001DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITH CONFIDENTIALITY FEATURESINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM(1)23SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingAAL-2002 5TES-001WIRED DIAGRAM(1)23SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwelling2 51 2 3 4 5AAL-200TES-001269

1 2 34 5 67 8 9C 0DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLE(1)23AWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18AAL-2001 2 34 5 67 8 9C 05 5(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingTIN-001WIRED DIAGRAM(1)23SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres2 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwelling2 51 2 3 4 5 I3 I2 I1AAL-200TIN-001VIDEO DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSUseIt is possible to extend the installation in a dwelling by adding call extensions, to a maximum of 3 devices per dwelling (wheredevices are call extensions, monitors and telephones). Each call extension will be able to receive calls.OperationThe electronic call signal is shared by the call extensions, monitors and telephones. By respecting the sections indicated in this technicalmanual, it is possible to install up to 3 devices (where devices are call extensions, monitors and telephones).All the devices receive the call simultaneously.270

CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM 6+N+COAXIALSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAM(1)231 mm 2 2SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 Ω1.1 mm 170.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18AAL-2002COAXIAL25(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingSCM-010+MVB-001MVC-001WIRED DIAGRAMA BCC1J1SECTION TABLEUp to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 ΩAWG(1)231 mm 2 21.1 mm 170.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18MVB-001MVC-001SCM-010V1MMV1R1(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwelling2 524252627281 2 3 4 5AAL-200271

CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM 6+N+TWISTED PAIRSINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEUp to 100 metresAWGTWISTED PAIR2(1)231 mm 2 2UTP CAT 5E1.1 mm 170.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18AAL-20025(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwellingSCM-020+MVB-001MVC-001WIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metresA BCC1J1UTP CAT 5E1.1 mm 17(1)231 mm 2 20.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 18MVB-001MVC-001SCM-020T1+T1-T1-T1+R1(1) Section according to the numberof devices in the dwelling2 524252627281 2 3 4 5AAL-200272

DOOR OPENING USING EXTERNAL PUSHBUTTONUseWhen the entry door does not have a door handle, a pushbutton is required to activate the electric lock so that the door can beopened from the interior. The door can be opened while the electric lock is activated.It is advisable to install the pushbutton near the entry door in such a way that it is possible to open the door while pressing thepushbutton. If this is not possible, then an automatic electric lock, model ABR-003, can be installed. This lock remains active untilthe door is opened.DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSDOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS. ELECTRONIC CALLINSTALLATIONS WITH AUDIO UNIT GRF-201WIRED DIAGRAM0.5 mm 2SECTION TABLEUp to 25 metresUp to 100 metresAWG0.8 mm 202 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 22GRF-201Made in Spain3 2 J2V~ 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 7Door-opening push-buttonMAN-410(1) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mAABR-001(1)273

INSTALLATIONS WITH AUDIO UNIT GRF-203WIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 21.1 mm 17GRF-203Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20POWER SUPPLYUNITJ1Made in SpainJ2V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Door-opening push-buttonMAN-430(1) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mAABR-001(1)DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITH CONCIERGE UNIT. ELECTRONIC CALLWIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 21.1 mm 17GRF-203Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20POWER SUPPLYUNITJ1Made in SpainJ2V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Door-opening push-buttonMAN-430(1) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mAABR-001(1)274

DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS. BUZZING CALLINSTALLATIONS WITH AUDIO UNIT GRF-205WIRED DIAGRAM0.5 mm 2SECTION TABLEUp to 25 metresAWG0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres2 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 22GRF-205Made in Spain3 2 J2V~ 9 10 11 12 0 1 2 3 4 7 8Door-opening push-buttonMAN-451(1) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mAABR-001(1)INSTALLATIONS WITH AUDIO UNIT GRF-203 AND ACCESSORY AAL-001WIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 21.1 mm 17GRF-203Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20POWER SUPPLYUNITJ1Made in SpainJ2V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Door-opening push-buttonMAN-430(1) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mAABR-001(1)275

DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITH CONFIDENTIALITY FEATUREWIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metresGRF-2041 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres POWER SUPPLY UNIT19J10.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Made in SpainJ2V~ 9 10 11 12 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Door-opening push-buttonMAN-441(1) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mAABR-001(1)DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONINSTALLATIONS WITH AUDIO UNIT GRF-201WIRED DIAGRAM0.5 mm 2SECTION TABLEUp to 25 metresAWG0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres2 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 22GRF-201Made in Spain3 2 J2V~ 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 7Door-opening push-buttonMAN-410(1) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mAABR-001(1)276

INSTALLATIONS WITH AUDIO UNIT GRF-203WIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 21.1 mm 17GRF-203Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20POWER SUPPLYUNITJ1Made in SpainJ2V~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18Door-opening push-buttonMAN-430(1) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mAABR-001(1)VIDEO DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSWIRED DIAGRAMSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20POWER SUPPLYUNIT19J1GRF-204Made in SpainV~ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18J2Door-opening push-buttonMDN-441 (Entrance panel with MAN-441and coaxial video unit B/W)MDN-442 (Entrance panel with MAN-441and coaxial video unit color)MDN-444 (Entrance panel with MAN-441and twisted pair video unit B/W)MDN-445 (Entrance panel with MAN-441and twisted pair video unit color)ABR-001(1)(1) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA277

OPENING OF A SECOND DOOR FROM THE TELEPHONE/MONITOR OF THEDWELLINGOPENING OF A SECOND DOOR FROM THE TELEPHONE OF THE DWELLINGUseIn addition to the electric lock controlled by the audio unit of the entrance panel, it is possible - using the auxiliary pushbutton ofthe telephone in the dwelling - to activate a second electric lock.OperationWhen the auxiliary pushbutton of the telephone is pressed, the potential-free contacts associated to the pushbutton (terminals 24,25) allow the ASC-001 to detect the negative of the power supply voltage of the monitors (- terminal). The ASC-001 then detects( and Ctrl terminals) the 15 ± 10% Vdc control signal. The contacts of circuits 1 and 2 of the ASC-001 change status (terminalsC1, NO1 and C2, NO2). The voltage of the power supply unit can then reach the electric lock, allowing the entry door to be opened.WIRED DIAGRAMTEL-002TES-002TUN-0021 2 3 4 5 24 25ASC-001ASC-001cod. 9730023V Ctrl NC1 NC2 NO1 NO2 C1 C2Made in SpainALM-04011 12 1 2 3 4220V~V~230 V278SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres0.25 mm 2 0.6 mm 22ABR-001

OPENING OF A SECOND DOOR FROM THE MONITOR OF THE DWELLINGUseIn addition to the electric lock controlled by the audio unit of the entrance panel, it is possible - using the auxiliary pushbutton ofthe telephone in the dwelling - to activate a second electric lock.OperationWhen the auxiliary pushbutton of the monitor is pressed, the potential-free contacts associated to the pushbutton (terminals 24, 25)allow the ASC-001 to detect the positive of the voltage feeding the monitors (+ terminal). The ASC-001 then detects( and Ctrl terminals) the control signal of 15Vdc ± 10%. The contacts of circuits 1 and 2 of the ASC-001 change status (terminalsC1, NO1 and C2 , NO2). The voltage from the power supply unit can then reach the electric lock and the street door canbe opened.WIRED DIAGRAMMVBMVC2425262728SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 171 2 3 4 5SCMALA-020220 V~V~ALM-040230 VASC-001ASC-001cod. 9730023220V~V~V Ctrl NC1 NC2 NO1 NO2 C1 C2230 VABR-001279

ACTIVATING A 12VAC ELECTRIC LOCKUseWith the power supply unit shown in the diagrams of this manual, it is possible to activate a 12Vac electric lock with power consumptionnot greater than 800mA.To activate a 12Vac electric lock with greater consumption or two 12Vac electric locks with consumption not greater than 800mAeach one simultaneously, it is necessary to use additional material.Note:To avoid audio problems produced by possible induction between the wires powering the electric lock and the other wires of theelectronic door entry or video door entry system, it is recommended that a separate cable hose be used for the wires powering theelectric lock.ACTIVATING TWO 12VAC ELECTRIC LOCKS AND WITH POWER CONSUMPTIONUP TO 800 mA EACH ONE SIMULTANEOUSLYOperationWhen the lock-release button of the telephone or monitor is pressed, the audio unit detects the closing of the lock-release circuit(terminals 1, 2). The audio unit then sends an AC voltage (terminals 11, 12) to the ALM-080 power supply unit ( and Ctrl terminals).The contacts of the circuit of the ALM-080 change status (terminals C, NO). The power supply unit then sends an AC voltage(terminals 11, NO) to the two electric lock, and the two street doors can be opened.DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSWIRED DIAGRAMALM-080GRF-XXXNC NO230 V 11C Ctrl V230V~ + V~V~11 12230 VSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 50 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres0.25 mm 2 0.6 mm 22ABR-001ABR-001280

VIDEO DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSWIRED DIAGRAMMonitors- +Video unit(depending on installation)- +ALA-040GRF-XXX230 V V230 V VV~11 12ALM-080230 VNC NO230 V 11C Ctrl V230V~ + V~230 VSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 25 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 170.5 mm 2Up to 100 metres0.8 mm 201 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 22ABR-001ABR-001ACTIVATING A 12VAC ELECTRIC LOCK AND WITH POWER CONSUMPTION UPTO 2 AOperationWhen the lock-release button of the telephone or monitor is pressed, the audio unit detects the closing of the lock-release circuit (terminals1, 2). The audio unit then sends an AC voltage (terminals 11, 12) to the ALM-080 power supply unit ( and Ctrl terminals).The contacts of the circuit of the ALM-080 change status (terminals C, NO). The power supply unit then sends an AC voltage (terminals11, NO) to the electric lock, and the street door can be opened.281

DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSWIRED DIAGRAMALM-080GRF-XXXNC NO230 V 11C Ctrl V230V~ + V~V~11 12230 VSECTION TABLEUp to 50 metresAWG1 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metres0.25 mm 2 0.6 mm 22Max. 12 Vac 2AVIDEO DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSWIRED DIAGRAMMonitorsVideo unit(depending on installation)- + - +ALA-040GRF-XXX230 V V230 V VV~11 12ALM-080230 VNC NO230 V 11C Ctrl V230V~ + V~230 VSECTION TABLEUp to 25 metresAWG1 mm 21.1 mm 172820.5 mm 2Up to 100 metres0.8 mm 201 mm 2 1.1 mm 172 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 22Max. 12 Vac 2A

ACTIVATING THE STAIRS LIGHTING WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENEDUseIt is possible to activate the stairs lighting of the building at the same time that an alternating voltage is sent to the electric lock.This can be useful when, for safety reasons, it is desirable to light up the hall or doorway of the building once the visitor has beenallowed to enter.OperationWhen the lock-release button of the telephone or monitor is pressed, the audio unit detects the closing of the lock-release circuit(terminals 1, 2). The audio unit then sends an AC voltage (terminals 11, 12) to the electric lock, allowing the entry door to be opened,and to the ASC-050 ( and Ctrl2 terminals), allowing the light switch circuit to be closed.WIRED DIAGRAMASC-050ASC-050cod. 97300215A / 250V~S2 S52 5Ctrl16Ctrl2 C NO NC19J1Made in SpainV~ 910 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 716 17 18Max. 250 Vac/5ALIGHTIN STAIRSABR-001SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20ACTIVATING A LIGHT, BELL OR SIREN WHEN A CALL IS RECEIVED IN THEDWELLINGUseIt is possible to activate a light, bell or siren (up to 250Vac and 5A) when a call is received in the dwelling. This can be useful indwellings where, for example, the user has hearing problems, or in installations in noisy environments, such as factories.283

ACTIVATING A LIGHT, BELL OR SIREN WHEN A CALL IS RECEIVED IN THETELEPHONE/MONITOR OF THE DWELLINGOperationWhen a call is made to the dwelling, the electronic signal generated by the audio unit arrives via the call wire to the telephone/monitorof the dwelling (terminals 5, 2) and to the ASC-050 (terminals 5, 2). The contacts of the circuit of the ASC-050 changestatus (terminals C, NO). The power voltage can then reach the device controlling the light, bell or siren at the same time that theloudspeaker of the receiver of the telephone/monitor emits a sound, informing those in the dwelling in both ways that a call hasbeen made.WIRED DIAGRAMASC-0501 2 3 4 5S2 S52 5Ctrl16ASC-050cod. 97300215A / 250V~Ctrl2 C NO NCLIGHTSSCM-010SCM-020TEL-001TES-001TUN-001Max. 250 Vac/5ABELL/SIRENSECTION TABLEAWGUp to 100 metres0.25 mm 2 0.6 mm 22ACTIVATING AN ELECTRIC LOCK FROM FOUR INDEPENDENT ENTRANCEPANELSUseWhen an electric lock can be activated from several entrance panels, each of which is equipped with an audio unit and a separatepower supply, it is necessary to incorporate in the system a means of isolating the electric lock terminals of each of the audiounits.OperationThe lock release signal sent by any of the entrance panels is detected by the APC-001 (terminals 11, 12).If this signal is DC, the APC-001 sends this voltage to the DC electric lock (terminals 11, DC 12), allowing the street door to beopened.If the signal is AC, then one of the following situations arises:1) If the electric lock is ACIn this case, the APC-001 sends the voltage to the AC electric lock (terminals 11, AC 12), allowing the street door to be opened.2) If the electric lock is DCIn this case, the APC-001 rectifies the voltage and sends a DC voltage to the DC electric lock (terminals 11, DC 12), allowingthe street door to be opened.284

Note: If in the installation equipment with a DC electric lock signal exists alongside equipment with an AC electric lock signal,use the DC electric lock output.WIRED DIAGRAMElectric lock signalEntrance panel 1Electric lock signalEntrance panel 2Electric lock signalEntrance panel 3Electric lock signalEntrance panel 4AC DC12 11 12 12APC-001cod.9730006AC DC11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 12- +ABR-011(1)AC DC12 11 12 12SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 25 metres0.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20(1) Max. 15 Vdc, 500 mA(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mAABR-001(2)285

230V~ ±10%50-60HzDC OUT : 15V0.2 AMODULATORTV DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSSTANDARD INSTALLATIONTV DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for TV door entry installations.OperationThe video unit is switched on, capturing an image and sending the video signal (terminals V1, M) to the modulator. The modulatorreceives the video signal ('VIDEO' F-type connector) and modulates it, generating and sending a TV channel ('RF OUT' F-type connector)to the TV head-end.This channel can be tuned into on the TV in the dwelling, you will see the image captured by the video unit.SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMTV HEAD-ENDCOAXTVCOAX965 SERIES2SECTION TABLEAWGUp to 25 metresMDA-300 (BIII)MDA-400 (UHF)COAXMVN-902+CMO-0021 mm 2 1.1 mm 17Up to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 ΩSTANDARD INSTALLATIONTV DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMTV HEAD-ENDVideo unitV1 MMDA-300 (BIII)MDA-400 (UHF)15V+ _TCB-210SW1Black286

230V~ ±10%DC OUT50-60Hz: 15V0.2 AMODULATORTV DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATION IN A STANDARD DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONWITH CONFIDENTIALITY FEATURE. ELECTRONIC CALLCONVENTIONAL SYSTEM 4+N+TV DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMStandard wiring diagram for TV door entry installations in door entry installations with confidentiality feature and electronic call inbuildings with one point of entry.OperationSYSTEM ON STANDBYOn a functional level, the system for visualising the image of the visitor on the TV is the same as that in a standard TV door entryinstallation. See “Standard Installation” on page 286.On a functional level, the door entry installation is the same as that a standard door entry installations with confidentiality feature.SYSTEM ACTIVE. RECEIVING A CALLOn a functional level, the system for visualising the image of the visitor on the TV is the same as that in a standard TV door entryinstallation. See “Standard Installation” on page 286.On a functional level, the electronic door entry installation is the same as that of a standard door entry installation with confidentialityfeature.SINGLE-WIRED DIAGRAMCOAXTV HEAD-ENDTVTES-001TVALA-040 (230 V )230 V V(1)2COAXTES-001SECTION TABLEAWG965 SERIES2Up to 50 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 17MDA-300 (BIII)MDA-400 (UHF)COAX2ABR-001(2)MDN-443+MPD-004+CMO-006(3)1234Up to 25 metres1 mm 2 1.1 mm 170.5 mm 2 0.8 mm 20Up to 100 metresCOAXIAL 75 Ω2 0.25 mm 0.6 mm 222 0.5 mm 0.8 mm 202 0.75 mm 1.0 mm 182 1 mm 1.1 mm 17(1) Use separate cable hose(2) Max. 12 Vac, 800 mA(3) Section according to the numberof telephones in the dwelling287

TV DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATION IN A STANDARD DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONWITH CONFIDENTIALITY FEATURE. ELECTRONIC CALLCONVENTIONAL SYSTEM 4+N+TV DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMWIRED DIAGRAMTES-001TES-0011 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5TV HEAD-ENDCallCallTES-001TES-001MDA-300 (BIII)MDA-400 (UHF)1 2 3 4 51 2 3 4 5CallCallSW1V1 MBlack15V+ _GRF-204TCB-210ALA-04019J1Made in SpainJ2V~ 9 10 11 12 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 7 16 17 18230 V V230 V(1)288ABR-001(1) Use separate cable hoseCalls

7TROUBLE SHOOTINGCheck that the connections of the different elements are the same as that shown in the corresponding diagrams. Check voltages inall terminals are the same with indicated in the chapter 2 " Technical data". In order to help in the location of the problem, thereare some situations could be found.ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS.ELECTRONIC CALL. CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMSTANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGNothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supply. Check that thevoltage between V~, of the power supply is 12 ± 10% Vac.Check wether there is a short circuit and fix it. Disconnect thepower supply for 1 minute and then connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in the audiounit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ± 10%Vac.Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unit is12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the call tone on any telephone.Check that the voltage between 7,2 on the audio unit, withoutpressing the push button, is 9 ± 10% Vdc. Check the connectionbetween 7 on the audio unit and the push buttons. Check connection2 from the audio unit to the telephones. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the call tone on a telephone.Check wether the telephone is off the hook. Check connections5,2 from the telephone to the audio unit.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe telephone or the panel push button.You cannot hear the call confirmation on the entrancepanel.Check that you can hear the telephones on the entrance panel.Check that the call tone rings on the telephones. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audiounit.You cannot hear any telephone from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control on the panel. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audiounit.A telephone cannot be heard from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the telephone to the audio unit. If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith the telephone.The entrance panel cannot be heard on any telephone.Check the connections 4,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control of the telephones on thepanel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the entrance panel on a telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the telephone to the audio unit.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe telephone.You can hear whistling on the panel. The soundproduces feedback.Reduce the volume of the sound using the volume control onthe audio unit.The electric lock doesn't work.Check that the voltage between 1,2 on the audio unit,without pressing the lock release button, is 18 Vdc. Check thatthe voltage between 11,12 on the audio unit, when you pressthe lock release button, is 12 ± 10% Vac. If you cannot find thefault, the electric lock may be broken.289

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYHOUSING ESTATE WITH SEVERAL BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY(GATE)Nothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supply. Check that thevoltage between V~, of the power supply is 12 ± 10% Vac.Check wether there is a short circuit and fix it. Disconnect thepower supply for 1 minute and then connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in the audiounit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ± 10%Vac.Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unit is12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on any telephone.Check that the voltage between 7,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the push button, is 14.5 ± 10% Vdc. Check the connectionbetween 7 in the audio unit and the push buttons. Checkconnection 2 from the audio unit to the telephones. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring in a telephone.Check that the telephone is not off the hook. Check connections5,2 from the telephone to the audio unit. Check the push-buttonconnection on the entrance panel. If you cannot find the fault,there may be something wrong with telephone or the panel pushbutton.You cannot hear the call confirmation on the entrancepanel.Check that you can hear the telephones on the entrance panel.Check that the call tone rings on the telephones. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear any telephones from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control on the panel. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear a telephone from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the telephone to the audio unit. Ifyou cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong with thetelephone.You cannot hear an entrance panel on any telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control of the telephones on thepanel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the entrance panel on a telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the telephone to the audio unit.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe telephone.You can hear several entrance panels at the sametime on the telephones.Check that only one panel has been defined as the mainone. Make certain that connectors 17,18 on the panels areconnected up. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.The sound produces feedback.Lower the sound level using the volume control on the audiounit.The electric lock doesn’t work.Check that the voltage between 1,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the lock release button, is 5 Vdc. Check that the voltagebetween 11,12 in the audio unit, when you press the lockrelease button, is 12 ± 10% Vac. If you cannot find the fault,the electric lock may be broken.The electric lock doesn't work unless someonepresses a push button.Check that at least one entrance panel has been defined asthe main one. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit on the main entrance panel.When you call one of the panels the rest of thepanels in the system are not deactivated.Make certain that connectors 17,18 on the panels are connectedup. If it is necessary, check the connections 16,18.Check that the voltage between 17,2 in each one of the audiounit is 8 Vdc when you press the push button on one of thepanels. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio units.290

ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITHCONCIERGE UNIT. ELECTRONIC CALL.CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMDisconnect the concierge system before testing the installation. By doing so, you will be able to determine whether the problem islocated in the installation of the concierge system or in some other part of the installation. If, with the concierge unit disconnected,the system still does not function properly, see the section “ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS. ELECTRONIC CALL”, onpage 289.STANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDING. WITH CONCIERGE UNITNothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supply. Check that thevoltage between V~, of the power supply is 12 ± 10% Vac.Check wether there is a short circuit and fix it. Disconnect thepower supply for 1 minute and then connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.Check the CC1 connector connection in the concierge telephone.Check that the voltage between 13,2 in the audio conciergeis 9 ±10% Vdc. Check the CC2 connector connection inthe concierge. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the concierge telephone.The concierge does not work.Check the CC2 connector connection in the concierge telephone(red wire at the top, terminal side; grey wire at the bottom,switch side). Check connections 13,14 from the conciergeaudio unit to the audio concierge and the entrance panels.Check that the voltage between 13,2 with the key in the ONposition is 9 ±10% Vdc. If you cannot find the fault there may besomething wrong with the concierge audio unit.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in the audiounit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ± 10%Vac.Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unit is12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.There is no ringing tone when you make a call fromthe telephones.Check connections 1,2 from the concierge telephone to thetelephones. Check that the voltage between 1,2 in the audio concierge,without pressing the electric lock button is 5 Vdc. Checkconnections 13,14 on the concierge telephone with the conciergepanel. Check that the voltage between 13,2 is 9 ±10% Vdc.Check that the concierge telephone has been hung up. If youcannot find the fault, there may be something wrong with the conciergeaudio unit.When you call from one of the telephones, it doesnot ring.Check connections 1,2 from the telephone in the dwelling tothe concierge telephone. Check that the voltage between 1,2on the audio concierge, without pressing the electric lock buttonon the phone in the dwelling, is 5 ±10% Vdc. Check thatthe concierge telephone is hung up. If you cannot find the fault,there may be something wrong with the telephone in the dwelling.A call made from the entrance panel does not ringat concierge.Check connections 13,14 from the concierge telephone tothe entrance panel. Check that the voltage between 13,2 is 9±10% Vdc. Check the connection between 7 on the audio unitand the push buttons on the entrance panel. Check that the voltagebetween 7,2 on the audio unit in the entrance panel is14.5 ±10% Vdc, without pressing the push button. If you cannotfind the fault there may be something wrong with the audioconcierge or the entrance panel audio unit.A call made from concierge does not ring on anytelephone.Check that the voltage between 7,2 on the audio unit,without pressing the push button, is 14.5 ±10% Vdc. Check theconnection between 7 on the audio unit and the push buttons.Check connections 13,14 on the concierge audio unit. Checkthat the voltage between 13,2 is 9 ±10% Vdc. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the conciergeaudio unit.A call made from concierge does not ring on oneof the phones.Check that the telephone has been hung up. Check connections5,2 from the telephone in the dwelling to the conciergetelephone. Check the push button connection on the conciergepanel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the telephone or the panel push button.You cannot hear any of the telephones.Check connections 3,2 between the audio unit and the conciergetelephone. Check connections 3,2 from the conciergetelephone to the telephones. Check the volume control on theconcierge audio unit. Check the CC2 connector connection onthe concierge telephone. Check the voltage between terminals3,2 on the concierge telephone. If you cannot find the fault,there may be something wrong with the audio concierge orconcierge audio unit.291

You cannot hear one of the telephones.Check connections 3,2 from the telephone in the dwelling tothe concierge telephone. If you cannot find the fault, there maybe something wrong with the telephone in the dwelling.You cannot hear the entrance panel.Check connections 4,2 from the concierge telephone to theentrance panel. Check the entrance panel volume. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the conciergetelephone or the entrance panel audio unit.You cannot hear the call confirmation in concierge.Check that you can hear the telephones in the dwellings.Check that the call tone rings on the telephones. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the conciergeaudio unit.You cannot pass the call from the main entrancepanel to the dwelling.Check that the entrance panel is defined as the main one (J1jumper installed). Check the connections between terminals17,18 between the concierge audio unit and the main panel.Check the connection of terminals 17,18 between the conciergeaudio unit and the concierge telephone push button. Checkthat the voltage between 17,18 on the audio unit with the pushbutton pressed down is 0 Vdc, if this is not the case, there maybe something wrong with the push button.The system entrance panels are not deactivatedwhen you call from concierge to the telephones orconcierge from telephones.Check connections 17,18 between the concierge panel andthe various entrance panels in the system. Check that the voltagebetween 17,2 on all the panels is 8 ±10% Vdc, when youcall from concierge or from the dwelling. If you cannot find thefault, there may be something wrong with the concierge audiounit.STANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRY.WITH CONCIERGE UNITNothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supply. Check that thevoltage between V~, of the power supply is 12 ± 10% Vac.Check wether there is a short circuit and fix it. Disconnect thepower supply for 1 minute and then connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.Check the CC1 connector connection in the concierge telephone.Check that the voltage between 13,2 in the audio conciergeis 9 ±10% Vdc. Check the CC2 connector connection inthe concierge. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the concierge telephone.The concierge does not work.Check the CC2 connector connection in the concierge telephone(red wire at the top, terminal side; grey wire at the bottom,switch side). Check connections 13,14 from the conciergeaudio unit to the audio concierge and the entrance panels.Check that the voltage between 13,2 with the key in the ONposition is 9 ±10% Vdc. If you cannot find the fault there may besomething wrong with the concierge audio unit.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in the audiounit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ± 10%Vac.Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unitis 12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.There is no ringing tone when you make a callfrom the telephones.Check connections 1,2 from the concierge telephone to thetelephones. Check that the voltage between 1,2 in the audioconcierge, without pressing the electric lock button is 5 Vdc.Check connections 13,14 on the concierge telephone with theconcierge panel. Check that the voltage between 13,2 is 9±10% Vdc. Check that the concierge telephone has been hungup. If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith the concierge audio unit.When you call from one of the telephones, it doesnot ring.Check connections 1,2 from the telephone in the dwelling tothe concierge telephone. Check that the voltage between 1,2on the audio concierge, without pressing the electric lock buttonon the phone in the dwelling, is 5 ±10% Vdc. Check thatthe concierge telephone is hung up. If you cannot find the fault,there may be something wrong with the telephone in the dwelling.292

A call made from the entrance panel does not ringat concierge.Check connections 13,14 from the concierge telephone to theentrance panel. Check that the voltage between 13,2 is 9 ±10%Vdc. Check the connection between 7 on the audio unit and thepush buttons on the entrance panel. Check that the voltage between7,2 on the audio unit in the entrance panel is 14.5 ±10%Vdc, without pressing the push button. If you cannot find the faultthere may be something wrong with the audio concierge or theentrance panel audio unit.A call made from concierge does not ring on anytelephone.Check that the voltage between 7,2 on the audio unit, withoutpressing the push button, is 14.5 ±10% Vdc. Check the connectionbetween 7 on the audio unit and the push buttons. Checkconnections 13,14 on the concierge audio unit. Check that thevoltage between 13,2 is 9 ±10% Vdc. If you cannot find thefault, there may be something wrong with the concierge audiounit.A call made from concierge does not ring on one ofthe phones.Check that the telephone has been hung up. Check connections5,2 from the telephone in the dwelling to the concierge telephone.Check the push button connection on the conciergepanel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith the telephone or the panel push button.You cannot hear any of the telephones.Check connections 3,2 between the audio unit and the conciergetelephone. Check connections 3,2 from the concierge telephoneto the telephones. Check the volume control on the conciergeaudio unit. Check the CC2 connector connection on theconcierge telephone. Check the voltage between terminals 3,2on the concierge telephone. If you cannot find the fault, theremay be something wrong with the audio concierge or conciergeaudio unit.You cannot hear one of the telephones.Check connections 3,2 from the telephone in the dwelling tothe concierge telephone. If you cannot find the fault, there maybe something wrong with the telephone in the dwelling.You cannot hear the entrance panel.Check connections 4,2 from the concierge telephone to theentrance panel. Check the entrance panel volume. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the conciergetelephone or the entrance panel audio unit.You cannot hear the call confirmation in concierge.Check that you can hear the telephones in the dwellings.Check that the call tone rings on the telephones. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the conciergeaudio unit.You cannot pass the call from the main entrancepanel to the dwelling.Check that the entrance panel is defined as the main one (J1jumper installed). Check the connections between terminals17,18 between the concierge audio unit and the main panel.Check the connection of terminals 17,18 between the conciergeaudio unit and the concierge telephone push button. Checkthat the voltage between 17,18 on the audio unit with the pushbutton pressed down is 0 Vdc, if this is not the case, there maybe something wrong with the push button.The system entrance panels are not deactivatedwhen you call from concierge to the telephones orconcierge from telephones.Check connections 17,18 between the concierge panel andthe various entrance panels in the system. Check that the voltagebetween 17,2 on all the panels is 8 ±10% Vdc, when youcall from concierge or from the dwelling. If you cannot find thefault, there may be something wrong with the concierge audiounit.293

ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS.BUZZING CALL. CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMSTANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGNothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supply. Check that thevoltage between V~, of the power supply is 12 ± 10% Vac.Check wether there is a short circuit and fix it. Disconnect thepower supply for 1 minute and then connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in the audiounit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ± 10%Vac.Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unit is12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on any telephone.Check that the voltage between 8,2 in the audio unit withoutpressing the electric lock button is 12 ± 10% Vac. Check the connectionbetween 8 in the audio unit and the push buttons. Checkconnection 2 from the audio unit to the telephones. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on a telephone.Check that the voltage between 6,2 in the telephone, with thepush-button on the entrance panel activated, is 12 ± 10% Vac.Check connections from the telephone to the entrance panel.Check the push-button connection on the entrance panel. If youcannot find the fault, there may be something wrong with telephoneor the panel push-button.You cannot hear the call confirmation on the entrancepanel.Check that you can hear the telephones on the entrance panel.Check that the call tone rings on the telephones. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear any telephones from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control on the panel. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear a telephone from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the telephone to the audio unit.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe telephone.You cannot hear the entrance panel on any telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control of the telephones on theentrance panel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the entrance panel on a telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the telephone to the audio unit.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe telephone.You can hear whistling in the panel. The soundproduces feedback.Lower the sound level using the volume control on the audiounit.The electric lock doesn’t work.Check that the voltaje between 1,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the lock release button is 18 Vdc. Check that the voltagebetween 11,12 in the audio unit, when you press the lockrelease button is 12 ± 10% Vac.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith the electric lock or the audio unit.294

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYHOUSING ESTATE WITH SEVERAL BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY(GATE)Nothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supply. Check that thevoltage between V~, of the power supply is 12 ± 10% Vac.Check wether there is a short circuit and fix it. Disconnect thepower supply for 1 minute and then connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in the audiounit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ± 10%Vac.Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unit is12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on any telephone.Check that the voltage between 8,2 in the call adaptor accessory,without pressing the push button, is 6 ± 10% Vdc. Checkthe connection between 8 in the call adaptor accessory and thepush buttons. Check connection 2 from the audio unit to the calladaptor accessory and the telephones. If you cannot find thefault, there may be something wrong with the call adaptor accessory.The call tone doesn’t ring in a telephone.Check connections 6,2 from the telephone to the call adaptoraccessory. Check the push-button connection on the entrancepanel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith telephone or the panel push-button.You cannot hear the call confirmation on the entrancepanel.Check that you can hear the telephones on the entrance panel.Check that the voltage between 7,2 in audio unit, without pressingthe push button, is 14.5 ± 10% Vdc. Check that the call tonerings on the telephones. If you cannot find the fault, there may besomething wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear any telephones from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control on the panel. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear a telephone from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the telephone to the audio unit. Ifyou cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong with thetelephone.You cannot hear an entrance panel on any telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control of the telephones on theentrance panel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the entrance panel on a telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the telephone to the audio unit.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe telephone.You can hear several entrance panels at the sametime on the telephones.Check that only one panel has been defined as the mainone. Make certain that connectors 17,18 on the entrancepanels are connected up. If you cannot find the fault, there maybe something wrong with the audio unit.You can hear whistling in the panel. The soundproduces feedback.Lower the sound level using the volume control on the audiounit.The electric lock doesn’t work.Check that the voltage between 1,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the lock release button, is 5 Vdc. Check that the voltagebetween 11,12 in the audio unit, when you press the lockrelease button, is 12 ± 10% Vac. If you cannot find the fault,the electric lock may be broken.The electric lock doesn't work unless someonepresses a push button.Check that at least one entrance panel has been defined asthe main one. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.Two electric locks work at the same timeCheck that at least one entrance panel has been defined asthe main one. Make certain that connectors 17,18 on theentrance panels are connected up. If you cannot find the fault,there may be something wrong with the audio units.When you call one of the panels the rest of thepanels in the system are not deactivated.Make certain that connectors 17,18 on the entrance panelsare connected up. If this is the case, make certain that connectors16,18 are connected up. Check that the voltage between17,18 in each one of the audio units is 8 Vdc when you pressthe push button on one of the panels. Check that when youpress the push button on one of the panels the voltage between16,18 is 4 Vdc. If you cannot find the fault, there may besomething wrong with the audio units.295

ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS WITHCONFIDENTIALITY FEATURE. ELECTRONIC CALL.CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMSTANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGNothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supply. Check that thevoltage between V~, of the power supply is 12 ± 10% Vac.Check wether there is a short circuit and fix it. Disconnect thepower supply for 1 minute and then connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in the audiounit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ± 10%Vac.Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unit is12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on any telephone.Check that the voltage between 7,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the push button, is 14.5 Vdc. Check the connection between7 in the audio unit and the push buttons. Check connection2 from the audio unit to the telephones. If you cannot find thefault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring in a telephone.Check that the telephone is not off the hook. Check connections5,2 from the telephone to the entrance panel. Check the push-buttonconnection on the entrance panel. If you cannot find the fault,there may be something wrong with telephone or the panel pushbutton.You cannot hear the call confirmation on the entrancepanel.Check that you can hear the telephones on the entrance panel.Check that the call tone rings on the telephones. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear any telephones from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control on the panel. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear a telephone from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the telephone to the audio unit.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe telephone.You cannot hear an entrance panel on any telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control on the telephones on theentrance panel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the entrance panel on a telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the telephone to the audio unit.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe telephone.You can hear whistling in the panel. The soundproduces feedback.Lower the sound level using the volume control on the audiounit.The electric lock doesn’t work.Check that the voltage between 1,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the lock release button, is 5 Vdc. Check that the voltagebetween 11,12 in the audio unit, when you press the lockrelease button, is 12 ± 10% Vac. If you cannot find the fault,the electric lock may be broken.296

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYHOUSING ESTATE WITH SEVERAL BUILDINGS. 1 EXTERNAL POINT OF ENTRY(GATE)Nothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supply. Check that thevoltage between V~, of the power supply is 12 ± 10% Vac.Check wether there is a short circuit and fix it. Disconnect thepower supply for 1 minute and then connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in the audiounit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ± 10%Vac.Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unit is12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on any telephone.Check that the voltage between 7,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the push button, is 9 ± 10% Vdc. Check the connectionbetween 7 in the audio unit and the push buttons. Check connection2 from the audio unit to the telephones. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring in a telephone.Check that the telephone is not off the hook. Check connections5,2 from the telephone to the entrance panel. Check the push-buttonconnection on the entrance panel. If you cannot find the fault,there may be something wrong with telephone or the panel pushbutton.You cannot hear the call confirmation on the entrancepanel.Check that you can hear the telephones on the entrance panel.Check that the call tone rings on the telephones. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear any telephones from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control on the panel. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear a telephone from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the telephone to the audio unit. Ifyou cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong with thetelephone.You cannot hear an entrance panel on any telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control on the telephones on theentrance panel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the entrance panel on a telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the telephone to the audio unit.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe telephone.You can hear whistling in the panel. The soundproduces feedback.Lower the sound level using the volume control on the audiounit.The electric lock doesn’t work.Check that the voltage between 1,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the lock release button, is 5 ± 10% Vdc. Check thatthe voltage between 11,12 in the audio unit, when you pressthe lock release button, is 12 ± 10% Vac. If you cannot findthe fault, the electric lock may be broken.When you call one of the panels the rest of thepanels in the system are not disabled.Make certain that connectors 17,18 on the panels are connectedup. If this is the case, make certain that connectors16,18 are connected up. Check that the voltage between 17,2in each one of the audio unit is 8 ± 10% Vdc and the voltagebetween 16,18 is 4 ± 10% Vdc when you press the push buttonon one of the panels. If you cannot find the fault, there maybe something wrong with the audio unit.297

INTERNAL COMMUNICATION INSTALLATIONSSTANDARD INSTALLATION WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONNothing works.Check the mains voltage in the control equipment for internalcommunication. If the working LED indicator of the control equipmentis blinking continuously, make sure that there is not a shortcircuitin connections I1,I2 of the control equipment to the telephones.Check connections I1,I2 from the control equipment tothe telephones. If the fault cannot be found, there may be somethingwrong with the control equipment.Internal calls cannot be made from a telephone.Check whether the internal communication BUS is busy (beepingtones are heard when an internal call is made to any telephone).Check the connection of the CC1 connector in the telephone.Check connections I1,I2 of the telephone to the controlunit. Check that there isn´t two telephones with the same extensionnumber. If the fault cannot be found, there may be somethingwrong with the telephone.Internal calls cannot be made to a telephone.Make sure that the receiver of the telephone with which youwish to communicate is off the hook (beeping tones are heardwhen an internal call is made to the phone in question). Checkconnections I1,I2 from the telephone to the control equipment. Ifthe fault cannot be found, there may be something wrong withthe telephone.There is no sound in any telephone.Check connections I1,I2,I3 between the telephones for internalcommunication.There is no sound in one telephone.Check connection I3 of the telephone to the other telephonesin the installation. If the fault cannot be found, there may besomething wrong with the telephone.While communication is in course with anothertelephone, a call from the entrance panel cannot beheard (in installations with 4+N electronic doorentry system).Check that when the receiver has been correctly replaced thecall from the entrance panel can be heard. If it cannot, consultthe datasheet of the relevant audio unit. If the fault cannot befound, there may be something wrong with the telephone.STANDARD ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATION WITH INTERNALCOMMUNICATION BETWEEN TELEPHONESIf any problem arises related to the functioning of the electronicdoor entry installation, see the section entitled “StandardInstallation in a Building” on page 289, under the general heading“Electronic Door Entry Installations. Electronic Call”.If any problem arises related to the functioning of the internalcommunication installation, see the section entitled “Internalcommunication Installations”.ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTSOF ENTRY WITH INTERNAL COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE TELEPHONESIf any type of problem arises related to the functioning of theelectronic door entry installation, see the section entitled“Installation in Building with Several Points of Entry” onpage 290, under the general heading “Electronic Door EntryInstallations. Electronic Call”.If any type of problem arises related to the functioning of theintercommunication installation, see the section “Installation inHousing estates with Several Buildings”.298

ELECTRONIC DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS.REPLACEMENTS. CONVENTIONAL 4+N SYSTEMCheck the connections of the ALCAD equipment, using the compatibility tables to guide you.STANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH GRF-205 UNIVERSAL AUDIOUNITNothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supply. Check that thevoltage between V~, of the power supply is 12 ± 10% Vac.Check wether there is a short circuit and fix it. Disconnect thepower supply for 1 minute and then connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in the audiounit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ± 10%Vac.Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unit is12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on any telephone.Check that the voltage between 8,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the push-button, is 12 ± 10% Vac. Check the connectionbetween 8 in the audio unit and the push buttons. Check connection2 from the audio unit to the telephones. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on a telephone.Check that the voltage between 6,2 in the telephone, with thepush-button on the entrance panel activated, is 12 ± 10% Vac.For electronic call, check connections 5,2 from the telephone tothe audio unit. Check the push-button connection on the entrancepanel. Check that the telephone is not off the hook. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with telephone orthe panel push-button.You cannot hear the call confirmation on the entrancepanel.Check that you can hear the telephones on the entrance panel.Check that the call tone rings on the telephones. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear any telephones from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control on the panel. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear a telephone from the entrancepanel.Check connections 3,2 from the telephone to the audio unit.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe telephone.You cannot hear the entrance panel on any telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the audio unit to all the telephones.Check the volume control of the telephones on theentrance panel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the entrance panel on a telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the telephone to the audio unit.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe telephone.You can hear whistling in the panel. The soundproduces feedback.Lower the sound level using the volume control on the audiounit.The electric lock doesn’t work.Check that the voltaje between 1,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the lock release button is 18 Vdc. Check that the voltagebetween 11,12 in the audio unit, when you press the lockrelease button is 12 ± 10% Vac.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith the electric lock.299

ELECTRONIC VIDEO DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS.ELECTRONIC CALL.CONVENTIONAL 6+N+COAXIAL SYSTEMSTANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGNothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supplies. Check thatthe voltage between V~, of the power supply is 12 ± 10%Vac. Check wether there is a short circuit and fix it. Disconnectthe power supply for 1 minute and then connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in theaudio unit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ±10%Vac. Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unitis 12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on any monitor.Check that the voltage between 7,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the push button, is 14.5 ± 10% Vdc. Check the connectionbetween 7 in the audio unit and the push buttons.Check connection 2 from the audio unit to the monitors. If youcannot find the fault, there may be something wrong with theaudio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring in a monitor.Check that the handset is not off the hook. Check the connectionbetween the connection bracket and the monitor.Check connections 5,2 from the conection bracket to theentrance panel. Check the push-button connection on the audiounit. If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith monitor or the panel push-button.You cannot hear the call confirmation on theentrance panel.Check that you can hear the monitors on the entrance panel.Check that the call tone rings on the monitors. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audiounit.No monitor/telephone can be heard from theentrance panel.Check connections 3,2 from the audio unit to all the monitors.Check the volume control on the panel. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.One monitor/telephone cannot be heard from theentrance panel.Check connections 3,2 from the connection bracket/telephoneto the audio unit. If you cannot find the fault, there may besomething wrong with the connection bracket/telephone or themonitor.You cannot hear an entrance panel on any monitor/telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the audio unit to all the monitors.Check the volume control on the monitors on the entrancepanel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the entrance panel on a monitor/telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the connection bracket to theaudio unit. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the monitor.The sound produces feedback.Lower the sound level using the volume control on the audiounit. If the feedback persists, remove the J2 jumper and repeatthe adjustment.The electric lock doesn’t work.Check that the voltage between 1,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the lock release button, is 5 ± 10% Vdc. Check thatthe voltage between 11,12 in the audio unit, when you pressthe lock release button, is 12 ± 10% Vac. If you cannot findthe fault, the electric lock may be broken.The video system does not work in any monitor:auto switch-on, screen doesn´t come on when receivinga call,..Check the mains voltage in the power supply unit that feedsthe monitors. Check that the voltage of the power supply between+, - is 15 ± 10% Vdc. Check if there's a short circuit andrectify it. Disconnect the power supplies supply for 1 minuteand reconnect it. If the breakdown continues, disconnect all the+, - terminals from the power supply unit and check that voltagebetween +, - is 15 ± 10% Vdc. If it's not correct, there maybe something wrong with the power supply.Video system does not work in one monitor: autoswitch-on, screen doesn´t come on when receiving acall,..Check that the ON/OFF switch for the video is in ON position(on the left). Check that the red led of the monitor is on.Check the connection between the connection bracket and themonitor. Check that the voltage between +, - of the connectionbracket is 14 ± 15% Vdc. If failure cannot be found, there maybe something wrong with the monitor.300

Poor image quality on all the monitors: distortedpicture, ghost images, loss of synchronisation.Check the mains voltage in the power supply unit that feedsthe monitor. Check that the voltage of the power supply between+, - is 15 ± 10% Vdc. If splitters have been used in thedistribution, check that the voltage between +, - of the splittersis 14 ± 15% Vdc. Check that coaxial cable line has a 75 Ohmload: a) if tap-offs have been connected in series the 75 Ohmresistance must be removed from all the intermediate tap-offs;b) with monitors in series cut the 75 Ohm resistances on all theconnection brackets, but from the one at the end of the line; c)Check that resistences of 75 ohms are connected in the unusedterminals V2, M. Check coaxial connection in splitters and tapoffs.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith the video unit.Poor image quality on one monitor: distorted picture,ghost images, loss of synchronisation.Check that coaxial cable line is charged with 75 Ohm: withmonitors in series cut the 75 Ohm resistances on all the connectionbrackets, but from the one at the end of the line. If youcannot find the fault there may be something wrong with themonitor.Auto switch-on does not work on any monitor.Check that the J1 jumper is connected on the entrance panel.Check that the voltage between 1,2 of the audio unit, withoutpushing the auto switch-on button is 5 ± 10% Vdc. If you cannotfind the fault there may be something wrong with the audiounit.Auto switch-on does not work on one monitor.Check that pushing the auto switch-on button the red ledflash. Check that the system is not engaged. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the connectionbracket or the monitor.Blank screen on all the monitors.Check the connection between the video unit and the audiounit. Check that the coaxial cable to the monitors is connectedto the V1 and M terminals of the video unit. If splitters havebeen used in the distribution, check that the voltage between +,- of the splitters is 14 ± 15% Vdc. If failure is not detected,there may be something wrong with the audio unit, video unitor any splitter.Blank screen on all the monitors of a flat.Check the position of the J1 configuration jumper in the connectionbracket. Check coaxial's connection from the connectionbracket to the video unit. If splitters have been used in thedistribution, check that the voltage between +, - of the splittersis 14 Vdc ± 15%. If the fault cannot be found, there may besomething wrong with the tap-off of that floor or the splitter ofthe flat.Blank screen on one of the monitors of a house orflat.Check the connection between the connection bracket andthe monitor. Check the connections of the coaxial cable in themonitor's connection bracket. If splitters have been used in thedistribution, check the position of the J1 configuration jumperin the connection bracket. Check coaxial's connection from theconnection bracket to the video unit. If failure is not detectedthere may be something wrong with the tap-off, connectionbracket or monitor.301

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYHOUSING ESTATE WITH SEVERAL BUILDINGSNothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supplies. Check thatthe voltage between V~, of the power supply is 12 ± 10%Vac. Check wether there is a short circuit and fix it. Disconnectthe power supply for 1 minute and then connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in theaudio unit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ±10%Vac. Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unitis 12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on any monitor.Check that the voltage between 7,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the push button, is 14.5 Vdc. Check the connectionbetween 7 in the audio unit and the push buttons. Check connection2 from the audio unit to the monitors. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring in a monitor.Check that the handset is not off the hook. Check the connectionbetween the connection bracket and the monitor.Check connections 5,2 from the conection bracket to theentrance panel. Check the push-button connection on the audiounit. If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith monitor or the panel push-button.You cannot hear the call confirmation on theentrance panel.Check that you can hear the monitors on the entrance panel.Check that the call tone rings on the monitors. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audiounit.No monitor/telephone can be heard from theentrance panel.Check connections 3,2 from the audio unit to all the monitors.Check the volume control on the panel. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.One monitor/telephone cannot be heard from theentrance panel.Check connections 3,2 from the connection bracket/telephoneto the audio unit. If you cannot find the fault, there may besomething wrong with the connection bracket/telephone or themonitor.You cannot hear an entrance panel on any monitor/telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the audio unit to all the monitors.Check the volume control on the monitors on the entrancepanel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the entrance panel on a monitor/telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the connection bracket to theaudio unit. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the monitor.The sound produces feedback.Lower the sound level using the volume control on the audiounit. If the feedback persists, remove the J2 jumper and repeatthe adjustment.The electric lock doesn’t work.Check that the voltage between 1,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the lock release button, is 5 ± 10% Vdc. Check thatthe voltage between 11,12 in the audio unit, when you pressthe lock release button, is 12 ± 10% Vac. If you cannot findthe fault, the electric lock may be broken.In multiple access installation, when you call oneof the panels the rest of the panels in the system arenot disabled.Make certain that connectors 17,18 on the entrance panelsare connected up. If this is the case, check connections 16 onthe entrance panels and make certain that the voltage between16,18 on the entrance panels is 4 ± 10% Vdc. Check that thevoltage between 17, 18 in each one of the audio unit is 8±10% Vdc when you press the push button on one of thepanels. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio units.The video system does not work in any monitor:auto switch-on, screen doesn´t come on when receivinga call,..Check the mains voltage in the power supply unit that feedsthe monitors. Check that the voltage of the power supply between+, - is 15 ± 10% Vdc. Check the +, - conexion betweenthe power supply and the video unit and that the voltage is 15± 10% Vdc. Check if there's a short circuit and rectify it.Disconnect the power supplies supply for 1 minute and reconnectit. If the breakdown continues, disconnect all the +, - terminalsfrom the power supply unit and check that voltage between+, - is 15 ± 10% Vdc. If it's not correct, there may besomething wrong with the power supply.302

Video system does not work in one monitor: autoswitch-on, screen doesn´t come on when receiving acall,..Check that the ON/OFF switch for the video is in ON position(on the left). Check that the red led of the monitor is on.Check the connection between the connection bracket and themonitor. Check that the voltage between +, - of the connectionbracket is 14 ± 15% Vdc. If failure cannot be found, there maybe something wrong with the monitor.Poor image quality on all the monitors: distortedpicture, ghost images, loss of synchronisation.Check that you have only one entrance panel defined as themain one. Check that the voltage of the video units between +,- is 15 ± 10% Vdc. If splitters have been used in the distribution,check that the voltage between +, - of the splitters is 14± 15% Vdc. Check that coaxial cable line has a 75 Ohm load:a) if tap-offs have been connected in series the 75 Ohm resistancemust be removed from all the intermediate tap-offs; b)with monitors in series cut the 75 Ohm resistances on all theconnection brackets, but from the one at the end of the line; c)Check that resistences of 75 ohms are connected in the unusedterminals V2, M. Check coaxial connection in splitters and tapoffs.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith the video unit.Poor image quality on one monitor: distorted picture,ghost images, loss of synchronisation.Check that coaxial cable line is charged with 75 Ohm: withmonitors in series cut the 75 Ohm resistances on all the connectionbrackets, but from the one at the end of the line. If youcannot find the fault there may be something wrong with themonitor.Auto switch-on does not work on any monitor.Check that you have only one entrance panel defined as themain one. Make certain that connectors 17,18 on the entrancepanels are connected up. Check that the voltage between1,2 of the audio unit, without pushing the auto switch-on buttonis 5 ± 10% Vdc. If you cannot find the fault there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.Auto switch-on does not work on one monitor.Check that pushing the auto switch-on button the red ledflash. Check that the system is not engaged. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the connectionbracket or the monitor.Blank screen on all the monitors.Check the connection between the video unit and the audiounit. Check that the coaxial cable to the monitors is connectedto the V1 and M terminals of the video unit. If splitters havebeen used in the distribution, check that the voltage between +,- of the splitters is 14 ± 15% Vdc. If failure is not detected,there may be something wrong with the audio unit, video unitor any splitter.Blank screen on all the monitors of a flat.Check the position of the J1 configuration jumper in the connectionbracket. Check coaxial's connection from the connectionbracket to the video unit. If splitters have been used in thedistribution, check that the voltage between +, - of the splittersis 14 Vdc ± 15%. If the fault cannot be found, there may besomething wrong with the tap-off of that floor or the splitter ofthe flat.Blank screen on one of the monitors of a house orflat.Check the connection between the connection bracket andthe monitor. Check the connections of the coaxial cable in themonitor's connection bracket. If splitters have been used in thedistribution, check the position of the J1 configuration jumperin the connection bracket. Check coaxial's connection from theconnection bracket to the video unit. If failure is not detectedthere may be something wrong with the tap-off, connectionbracket or monitor.303

ELECTRONIC VIDEO DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONS.ELECTRONIC CALL.CONVENTIONAL 6+N+TWISTED PAIRSTANDARD INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGNothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supply unit that feedsthe audio unit. Check that the voltage between V~, of thepower supply is 12 ± 10% Vac. Check wether there is a shortcircuit and fix it. Disconnect the power supply for 1 minute andthen connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in theaudio unit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ±10%Vac. Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unitis 12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on any monitor.Check that the voltage between 7,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the push button, is 14.5 Vdc. Check the connectionbetween 7 in the audio unit and the push buttons. Check connection2 from the audio unit to the monitors. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring in a monitor.Check that the handset is not off the hook. Check the connectionbetween the connection bracket and the monitor.Check connections 5,2 from the conection bracket to theentrance panel. Check the push-button connection on the audiounit. If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith monitor or the panel push-button.You cannot hear the call confirmation on theentrance panel.Check that you can hear the monitors on the entrance panel.Check that the call tone rings on the monitors. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audiounit.No monitor/telephone can be heard from theentrance panel.Check connections 3,2 from the audio unit to all the monitors.Check the volume control on the panel. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.One monitor/telephone cannot be heard from theentrance panel.Check connections 3,2 from the connection bracket/telephoneto the audio unit. If you cannot find the fault, there may besomething wrong with the connection bracket/telephone or themonitor.You cannot hear the entrance panel on any monitor/telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the audio unit to all the monitors.Check the volume control on the monitors on the entrancepanel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the entrance panel on a monitor/telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the connection bracket to theaudio unit. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the monitor.The sound produces feedback.Lower the sound level using the volume control on the audiounit. If the feedback persists, remove the J2 jumper and repeatthe adjustment.The electric lock doesn’t work.Check that the voltage between 1,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the lock release button, is 5 ± 10% Vdc. Check thatthe voltage between 11,12 in the audio unit, when you pressthe lock release button, is 12 ± 10% Vac. If you cannot findthe fault, the electric lock may be broken.The video system does not work in any monitor:auto switch-on, screen doesn´t come on when receivinga call,..Check the mains voltage in the power supply unit that feedsthe monitors. Check that the voltage of the power supply between+, - is 15 ± 10% Vdc. Check if there's a short circuit andrectify it. Disconnect the power supplies supply for 1 minuteand reconnect it. If the breakdown continues, disconnect all the+, - terminals from the power supply unit and check that voltagebetween +, - is 15 ± 10% Vdc. If it's not correct, there maybe something wrong with the power supply.304

Video system does not work in one monitor: autoswitch-on, screen doesn´t come on when receiving acall,..Check that the ON/OFF switch for the video is in ON position(on the left). Check that the red led of the monitor is on.Check the connection between the connection bracket and themonitor. Check that the voltage between +, - of the connectionbracket is 14 ± 15% Vdc. If failure cannot be found, there maybe something wrong with the monitor.Poor image quality on all the monitors: distortedpicture, ghost images, loss of synchronisation.Check the polarity of the twisted pair.If splitters have been used in the distribution, check that thevoltage between +, - of the splitters is 14 ± 10% Vdc. Checkthat twisted pair line has a 120 Ohm load: a) if tap-offs havebeen connected in series the 120 Ohm resistance must beremoved from all the intermediate tap-offs; b) with monitors inseries cut the 120 Ohm resistances on all the connection brackets,but from the one at the end of the line; c) check that resistencesof 120 Ohm are connected in the unused terminalsT2+,T2-. Check twisted pair connection in splitters and tap-offs.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe video unit.Poor image quality on one monitor: distorted picture,ghost images, loss of synchronisation.Check the polarity of the twisted pair.Check that twisted pair line is charged with 120 Ohm: withmonitors in series cut the 120 Ohm resistances on all the connectionbrackets, but from the one at the end of the line. Checkthe position of the J1 configuration jumper in the connectionbrackets. If you cannot find the fault there may be somethingwrong with the monitor.Auto switch-on does not work on any monitor.Check that the J1 jumper is connected on the entrance panel.Check that the voltage between 1,2 of the audio unit, withoutpushing the auto switch-on button is 5 ± 10% Vdc. If you cannotfind the fault there may be something wrong with the audiounit.Auto switch-on does not work on one monitor.Check that pushing the auto switch-on button the red ledflash. Check that the system is not engaged. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the connectionbracket or the monitor.Blank screen on all the monitors.Check that the twisted pair to the monitors is connected to theT1+,T1_ terminals of the video unit. Check the connection betweenthe video and the audio units. If splitters have been usedin the distribution, check that the voltage between +,- of thesplitters is 15 ± 10% Vdc. Check the connections of the twistedpair from the video unit to the monitors. If failure is not detected,there may be something wrong with the video unit, anytap-off or any splitter.Blank screen on all the monitors of a flat.Check the position of the J1 configuration jumper in the connectionbrackets. Check twisted pair's connection from the connectionbracket to the video unit. If splitters have been used inthe distribution, check that the voltage between +,- of the splittersis 15 ± 10% Vdc. If failure is not detected there may besomething wrong with the tap-off in that floor, with the splitter,connection bracket or monitor.Blank screen on one of the monitors of a house orflat.Check the connection between the connection bracket andthe monitor. Check the connections of the twisted pair in themonitor's connection bracket. Check twisted pair's connectionfrom the connection bracket to the video unit. If failure is notdetected there may be something wrong with the tap-off, connectionbracket or monitor.305

INSTALLATION IN BUILDING WITH SEVERAL POINTS OF ENTRYHOUSING ESTATE WITH SEVERAL BUILDINGSNothing works.Check the mains voltage in the power supply unit that feedsthe audio unit. Check that the voltage between V~, of thepower supply is 12 ± 10% Vac. Check wether there is a shortcircuit and fix it. Disconnect the power supply for 1 minute andthen connect it up again.If it still doesn't work, disconnect all the power supplyV~, terminals, and check that the voltage between V~, is12 ± 10% Vac, if it is not, then there may be something wrongwith the power supply.The card holders don't light up.Check that the voltage between V~, of the power supply is12 ± 10% Vac.Check that the voltage between 9,10 in theaudio unit, with the lighting push button activated, is 12 ±10%Vac. Check wether the lamp has burnt out.The lighting push button pilot does not light up.Check that the voltage between the V~, of the audio unitis 12 ± 10% Vac. If the voltage is correct, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring on any monitor.Check that the voltage between 7,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the push button, is 14.5 Vdc. Check the connectionbetween 7 in the audio unit and the push buttons. Check connection2 from the audio unit to the monitors. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.The call tone doesn’t ring in a monitor.Check that the handset is not off the hook. Check the connectionbetween the connection bracket and the monitor.Check connections 5,2 from the conection bracket to theentrance panel. Check the push-button connection on the audiounit. If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrongwith monitor or the panel push-button.You cannot hear the call confirmation on theentrance panel.Check that you can hear the monitors on the entrance panel.Check that the call tone rings on the monitors. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audiounit.No monitor/telephone can be heard from theentrance panel.Check connections 3,2 from the audio unit to all the monitors.Check the volume control on the panel. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the audio unit.One monitor/telephone cannot be heard from theentrance panel.Check connections 3,2 from the connection bracket/telephoneto the audio unit. If you cannot find the fault, there may besomething wrong with the connection bracket/telephone or themonitor.You cannot hear an entrance panel on any monitor/telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the audio unit to all the monitors.Check the volume control on the monitors on the entrancepanel. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the audio unit.You cannot hear the entrance panel on a monitor/telephone.Check connections 4,2 from the connection bracket to theaudio unit. If you cannot find the fault, there may be somethingwrong with the monitor.The sound produces feedback.Lower the sound level using the volume control on the audiounit. If the feedback persists, remove the J2 jumper and repeatthe adjustment.The electric lock doesn’t work.Check that the voltage between 1,2 in the audio unit, withoutpressing the lock release button, is 5 ± 10% Vdc. Check thatthe voltage between 11,12 in the audio unit, when you pressthe lock release button, is 12 ± 10% Vac. If you cannot findthe fault, the electric lock may be broken.When you call one of the panels the rest of thepanels in the system are not disabled.Make certain that connectors 17,18 on the panels are connectedup. If this is the case, check connections 16 on theentrance panels. Check that the voltage between 17,18 ineach one of the audio unit is 8 ±10% Vdc and that the voltagebetween 16,18 on the entrance panels is 4 ± 10% Vdc, whenyou press the push button on one of the panels. If you cannotfind the fault, there may be something wrong with the audiounits.The video system does not work in any monitor:auto switch-on, screen doesn´t come on when receivinga call,..Check the mains voltage in the power supply unit that feedsthe monitors. Check that the voltage of the power supply between+, - is 15 ± 10% Vdc. Check if there's a short circuit andrectify it. Disconnect the power supplies supply for 1 minuteand reconnect it. If the breakdown continues, disconnect all the+, - terminals from the power supply unit and check that voltagebetween +, - is 15 ± 10% Vdc. If it's not correct, there maybe something wrong with the power supply.306

Video system does not work in one monitor: autoswitch-on, screen doesn´t come on when receiving acall,..Check that the ON/OFF switch for the video is in ON position(on the left). Check that the red led of the monitor is on.Check the connection between the connection bracket and themonitor. Check that the voltage between +, - of the connectionbracket is 14 ± 15% Vdc. If failure cannot be found, there maybe something wrong with the monitor.Poor image quality on all the monitors: distortedpicture, ghost images, loss of synchronisation.Check the polarity of the twisted pair.If splitters have been used in the distribution, check that thevoltage between +, - of the splitters is 14 ± 10% Vdc. Checkthat twisted pair line has a 120 Ohm load: a) if tap-offs havebeen connected in series the 120 Ohm resistance must beremoved from all the intermediate tap-offs; b) with monitors inseries cut the 120 Ohm resistances on all the connection brackets,but from the one at the end of the line; c) check that resistencesof 120 Ohm are connected in the unused terminalsT2+,T2-. Check twisted pair connection in splitters and tap-offs.If you cannot find the fault, there may be something wrong withthe video unit.Poor image quality on one monitor: distorted picture,ghost images, loss of synchronisation.Check the polarity of the twisted pair.Check that twisted pair line is charged with 120 Ohm: withmonitors in series cut the 120 Ohm resistances on all the connectionbrackets, but from the one at the end of the line. Checkthe position of the J1 configuration jumper in the connectionbrackets. If you cannot find the fault there may be somethingwrong with the monitor.Auto switch-on does not work on any monitor.Check that the J1 jumper is connected on the entrance panel.Check that the voltage between 1,2 of the audio unit, withoutpushing the auto switch-on button is 5 ± 10% Vdc. If you cannotfind the fault there may be something wrong with the audiounit.Auto switch-on does not work on one monitor.Check that pushing the auto switch-on button the red ledflash. Check that the system is not engaged. If you cannot findthe fault, there may be something wrong with the connectionbracket or the monitor.Blank screen on all the monitors.Check that the twisted pair to the monitors is connected to theT1+,T1_ terminals of the video unit. Check the connection betweenthe video and the audio units. If splitters have been usedin the distribution, check that the voltage between +,- of thesplitters is 15 ± 10% Vdc. Check the connections of the twistedpair from the video unit to the monitors. If failure is not detected,there may be something wrong with the video unit, anytap-off or any splitter.Blank screen on all the monitors of a flat.Check the position of the J1 configuration jumper in the connectionbrackets. Check twisted pair's connection from the connectionbracket to the video unit. If splitters have been used inthe distribution, check that the voltage between +,- of the splittersis 15 ± 10% Vdc. If failure is not detected there may besomething wrong with the tap-off in that floor, with the splitter,connection bracket or monitor.Blank screen on one of the monitors of a house orflat.Check the connection between the connection bracket andthe monitor. Check the connections of the twisted pair in themonitor's connection bracket. Check twisted pair's connectionfrom the connection bracket to the video unit. If failure is notdetected there may be something wrong with the tap-off, connectionbracket or monitor.307

TV DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATIONSSTANDARD INSTALLATIONThere is no imageCheck that the channel to which the television has been tunedis the same as that selected in the modulator. Make sure that thecorrect standard has been selected for your country. Check themains voltage in the modulator. If the LED operating indicator ofthe modulator is not lit up, check whether there is a short circuitin the - , + connections of the video unit. Check that the voltagebetween the – and + terminals of the video unit is 15 Vdc±10%. Check the connection of the coaxial cable from thevideo unit to the modulator. If you cannot find the fault, theremay be something wrong with the modulator or with the videounit.TV DOOR ENTRY INSTALLATION IN A STANDARD DOOR ENTRY INSTALLA-TIONIf any type of problem related to the electronic door entrysystem is encountered, consult the data sheets of the correspondingaudio unit.There is no imageCheck that the channel to which the television has been tunedis the same as that selected in the modulator. Make sure that thecorrect standard has been selected for your country. Check themains voltage in the modulator. If the LED operating indicator ofthe modulator is not lit up, check whether there is a short circuitin the - , + connections of the video unit. Check that thevoltage between the – and + terminals of the video unit is 15Vdc ±10%. Check the connection of the coaxial cable from thevideo unit to the modulator. If you cannot find the fault, theremay be something wrong with the modulator or with the videounit.308

Especificaciones sujetas a modificación sin previo aviso.ALCAD diseña y fabrica sus productos con las mejores características posibles, sin embargo los productos fabricados actualmentepueden incorporar modificaciones para mejorar sus prestaciones y para adaptarse a nuevos componentes. Las nuevas especificacionespueden no aparecer en este manual. ALCAD revisará las especificaciones en próximas ediciones de este manual técnico.ALCAD mantiene una web dónde se pueden consultar los datos de los productos más recientes y las especificaciones actualizadasde todos los productos.1000-10-07